Version 1.0

LICENSE.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+
+
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    {one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
+    Copyright (C) {year}  {name of author}
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    {project}  Copyright (C) {year}  {fullname}
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+

Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+all:
+	g++ -I include -D MSDFGEN_STANDALONE -O2 -o msdfgen core/*.cpp lib/*.cpp ext/*.cpp main.cpp -lfreetype

Msdfgen.sln

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
+# Visual Studio 14
+VisualStudioVersion = 14.0.24720.0
+MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Msdfgen", "Msdfgen.vcxproj", "{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
+		Debug|x86 = Debug|x86
+		Release|x64 = Release|x64
+		Release|x86 = Release|x86
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+		{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal

Msdfgen.vcxproj

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="14.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
+      <Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
+      <Platform>Win32</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
+      <Configuration>Release</Configuration>
+      <Platform>Win32</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|x64">
+      <Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
+      <Platform>x64</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|x64">
+      <Configuration>Release</Configuration>
+      <Platform>x64</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
+    <ProjectGuid>{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}</ProjectGuid>
+    <RootNamespace>Msdfgen</RootNamespace>
+    <WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>8.1</WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
+    <CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
+    <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
+    <CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
+    <CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
+    <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
+    <CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
+  <ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="Shared">
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
+    <TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
+    <TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
+    <OutDir>$(SolutionDir)\</OutDir>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
+      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
+      <AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
+    </Link>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
+      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
+    </ClCompile>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
+      <FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
+      <IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
+      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
+      <OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
+      <SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
+      <AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
+    </Link>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
+      <FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
+      <IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
+      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
+      <OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
+    </Link>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\arithmetics.hpp" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Contour.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\edge-coloring.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\edge-segments.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\EdgeColor.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\EdgeHolder.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\equation-solver.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\render-sdf.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\save-bmp.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\shape-description.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Shape.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\SignedDistance.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Vector2.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\import-font.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\import-svg.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\save-png.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="msdfgen-ext.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="msdfgen.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="resource.h" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Bitmap.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Contour.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\edge-coloring.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\edge-segments.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\EdgeHolder.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\equation-solver.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\render-sdf.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\save-bmp.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\shape-description.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Shape.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\SignedDistance.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Vector2.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\import-font.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\import-svg.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\save-png.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="lib\lodepng.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="lib\tinyxml2.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="main.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="core\msdfgen.cpp" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ResourceCompile Include="Msdfgen.rc" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Image Include="icon.ico" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
+  <ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
+  </ImportGroup>
+</Project>

Msdfgen.vcxproj.filters

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Filter Include="Resource Files">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}</UniqueIdentifier>
+      <Extensions>rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav;mfcribbon-ms</Extensions>
+    </Filter>
+    <Filter Include="Core">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{110bf5de-0605-40a4-92b4-68ca012d572f}</UniqueIdentifier>
+    </Filter>
+    <Filter Include="Extensions">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{8abe3d60-6507-4ee1-8d4f-eab2c43a3220}</UniqueIdentifier>
+    </Filter>
+    <Filter Include="Standalone">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
+      <Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
+    </Filter>
+    <Filter Include="Source Dependencies">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{42db228a-5d46-439c-ad30-7595a74d635f}</UniqueIdentifier>
+    </Filter>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\arithmetics.hpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Contour.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\EdgeColor.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\edge-coloring.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\EdgeHolder.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\edge-segments.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\equation-solver.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="msdfgen.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\render-sdf.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\save-bmp.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Shape.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\shape-description.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\Vector2.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="core\SignedDistance.h">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="msdfgen-ext.h">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\save-png.h">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\import-svg.h">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="ext\import-font.h">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="resource.h" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClCompile Include="main.cpp">
+      <Filter>Standalone</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Bitmap.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Contour.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\edge-coloring.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\EdgeHolder.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\edge-segments.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\equation-solver.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\import-font.cpp">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\import-svg.cpp">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\render-sdf.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\save-bmp.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="ext\save-png.cpp">
+      <Filter>Extensions</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Shape.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\shape-description.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\SignedDistance.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\Vector2.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="lib\lodepng.cpp">
+      <Filter>Source Dependencies</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="lib\tinyxml2.cpp">
+      <Filter>Source Dependencies</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="core\msdfgen.cpp">
+      <Filter>Core</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ResourceCompile Include="Msdfgen.rc">
+      <Filter>Resource Files</Filter>
+    </ResourceCompile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Image Include="icon.ico">
+      <Filter>Resource Files</Filter>
+    </Image>
+  </ItemGroup>
+</Project>

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+# Multi-channel signed distance field generator
+
+This is a utility for generating signed distance fields from vector shapes and font glyphs,
+which serve as a texture representation that can be used in real-time graphics to efficiently reproduce said shapes.
+Although it can also be used to generate conventional signed distance fields best known from
+[this Valve paper](http://www.valvesoftware.com/publications/2007/SIGGRAPH2007_AlphaTestedMagnification.pdf)
+and pseudo-distance fields, its primary purpose is to generate multi-channel distance fields,
+using a method I have developed. Unlike monochrome distance fields, they have the ability
+to reproduce sharp corners almost perfectly by utilizing all three color channels.
+
+The following sequence of images demonstrates the improvement in image quality.
+
+![demo-msdf16](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/18639794/14770355/14cda9f8-0a70-11e6-8346-2bd14b5b832f.png)
+![demo-sdf16](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/18639794/14770360/20c51156-0a70-11e6-8f03-ed7632d07997.png)
+![demo-sdf32](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/18639794/14770361/251a4406-0a70-11e6-95a7-e30e235ac729.png)
+
+## Getting started
+
+The project can be used either as a library or as a console program. is divided into two parts, **[core](core)**
+and **[extensions](ext)**. The core module has no dependencies and only uses bare C++. It contains all
+key data structures and algorithms, which can be accessed through the [msdfgen.h](msdfgen.h) header.
+Extensions contain utilities for loading fonts and SVG files, as well as saving PNG images.
+Those are exposed by the [msdfgen-ext.h](msdfgen-ext.h) header. This module uses
+[FreeType](http://www.freetype.org/),
+[TinyXML2](http://www.grinninglizard.com/tinyxml2/),
+and [LodePNG](http://lodev.org/lodepng/).
+
+Additionaly, there is the [main.cpp](main.cpp), which wraps the functionality into
+a comprehensive standalone console program. To start using the program immediately,
+a Windows binary of this program, [msdfgen.exe](msdfgen.exe), is available in the root directory.
+
+## Console commands
+
+The standalone program is executed as
+```
+msdfgen.exe <mode> <input> <options>
+```
+where only the input specification is required.
+
+Mode can be one of:
+ - **sdf** &ndash; generates a conventional monochrome signed distance field.
+ - **psdf** &ndash; generates a monochrome signed pseudo-distance field.
+ - **msdf** (default) &ndash; generates a multi-channel signed distance field using my new method.
+
+The input can be specified as one of:
+ - **-font \<filename.ttf\> \<character code\>** &ndash; to load a glyph from a font file.
+   Character code can be expressed as either a decimal (63) or hexadecimal (0x3F) Unicode value, or an ASCII character
+   in single quotes ('?').
+ - **-svg \<filename.svg\>** &ndash; to load an SVG file. Note that only the first vector path in the file will be used.
+ - **-shapedesc \<filename.txt\>**, -defineshape \<definition\>, -stdin &ndash; to load a text description of the shape
+   from either a file, the next argument, or the standard input, respectively. Its syntax is documented further down.
+
+The complete list of available options can be printed with **-help**.
+Some of the important ones are:
+ - **-o \<filename\>** &ndash; specifies the output file name. The desired format will be deduced from the extension
+   (png, bmp, txt, bin). Otherwise, use -format.
+ - **-size \<width\> \<height\>** &ndash; specifies the dimensions of the output distance field (in pixels).
+ - **-range \<range\>**, **-pxrange \<range\>** &ndash; specifies the width of the range around the shape
+   between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance in shape units or distance field pixels, respectivelly.
+ - **-autoframe** &ndash; automatically frames the shape to fit the distance field. If the output must be precisely aligned,
+   you should manually position it using -translate and -scale instead.
+ - **-scale \<scale\>** &ndash; sets the scale used to convert shape units to distance field pixels.
+ - **-translate \<x\> \<y\>** &ndash; sets the translation of the shape in shape units. Otherwise the origin (0, 0)
+   lies in the bottom left corner.
+ - **-angle \<angle\>** &ndash; specifies the maximum angle to be considered a corner.
+   Can be expressed in radians (3.0) or degrees with D at the end (171.9D).
+ - **-testrender \<filename.png\> \<width\> \<height\>** - tests the generated distance field by using it to render an image
+   of the original shape into a PNG file with the specified dimensions. Alternatively, -testrendermulti renders
+   an image without combining the color channels, and may give you an insight in how the multi-channel distance field works.
+ - **-exportshape \<filename.txt\>** - saves the text description of the shape with edge coloring to the specified file.
+   This can be later edited and used as input through -shapedesc.
+ - **-printmetrics** &ndash; prints some useful information about the shape's layout.
+
+For example,
+```
+msdfgen.exe msdf -font C:\Windows\Fonts\arialbd.ttf 'M' -o msdf.png -size 32 32 -pxrange 4 -autoframe -testrender render.png 1024 1024
+```
+
+will take the glyph capital M from the Arial Bold typeface, generate a 32&times;32 multi-channel distance field
+with a 4 pixels wide distance range, store it into msdf.png, and create a test render of the glyph as render.png.
+
+## Library API
+
+If you choose to use this utility inside your own program, there are a few simple steps you need to perform
+in order to generate a distance field. Please note that all classes and functions are in the `msdfgen` namespace.
+
+ - Acquire a `Shape` object. You can either load it via `loadGlyph` or `loadSvgShape`, or construct it manually.
+   It consists of closed contours, which in turn consist of edges. An edge is represented by a `LinearEdge`, `QuadraticEdge`,
+   or `CubicEdge`. You can construct them from two endpoints and 0 to 2 Bézier control points.
+ - Normalize the shape using its `normalize` method and assign colors to edges if you need a multi-channel SDF.
+   This can be performed automatically using the `edgeColoringSimple` heuristic, or manually by setting each edge's
+   `color` member. Keep in mind that at least two color channels must be turned on in each edge, and the color should
+   only change at corners.
+ - Call `generateSDF`, `generatePseudoSDF`, or `generateMSDF` to generate a distance field into a floating point
+   `Bitmap` object. This can then be worked with further or saved to a file using `saveBmp` or `savePng`.
+ - You may also render an image from the distance field using `renderSDF`. Consider calling `simulate8bit`
+   on the distance field beforehand to simulate the standard 8 bits/pixel image format.
+
+Example:
+```c++
+#include "msdfgen.h"
+#include "msdfgen-ext.h"
+
+using namespace msdfgen;
+
+int main() {
+    FreetypeHandle *ft = initializeFreetype();
+    if (ft) {
+        FontHandle *font = loadFont(ft, "C:\\Windows\\Fonts\\arialbd.ttf");
+        if (font) {
+            Shape shape;
+            if (loadGlyph(shape, font, 'A')) {
+                shape.normalize();
+                //                      max. angle
+                edgeColoringSimple(shape, 3.0);
+                //           image width, height
+                Bitmap<FloatRGB> msdf(32, 32);
+                //                     range, scale, translation
+                generateMSDF(msdf, shape, 4.0, 1.0, Vector2(4.0, 4.0));
+                savePng(msdf, "output.png");
+            }
+            destroyFont(font);
+        }
+        deinitializeFreetype(ft);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+```
+
+## Using a multi-channel distance field
+
+Using a multi-channel distance field generated by this program is similarly simple to how a monochrome distance field is used.
+The only additional operation is computing the **median** of the three channels inside the fragment shader,
+right after sampling the distance field. This signed distance value can then be used the same way as usual.
+
+The following is an example GLSL fragment shader including anti-aliasing:
+
+```glsl
+in vec2 pos;
+out vec4 color;
+uniform sampler2D msdf;
+uniform vec4 bgColor;
+uniform vec4 fgColor;
+
+float median(float r, float g, float b) {
+    return max(min(r, g), min(max(r, g), b));
+}
+
+void main() {
+    vec3 sample = texture(msdf, pos).rgb;
+    float sigDist = median(sample.r, sample.g, sample.b) - 0.5;
+    float opacity = clamp(sigDist/fwidth(sigDist) + 0.5, 0.0, 1.0);
+    color = mix(bgColor, fgColor, opacity);
+}
+```
+
+## Shape description syntax
+
+The text shape description has the following syntax.
+ - Each closed contour is enclosed by braces: `{ <contour 1> } { <contour 2> }`
+ - Each point (and control point) is written as two real numbers separated by a comma.
+ - Points in a contour are separated with semicolons.
+ - The last point of each contour must be equal to the first, or the symbol `#` can be used, which represents the first point.
+ - There can be an edge segment specification between any two points, also separated by semicolons.
+   This can include the edge's color (`c`, `m`, or `y`) and/or one or two curve control points inside parentheses.
+   
+For example,
+```
+{ -1, -1; m; -1, +1; y; +1, +1; m; +1, -1; y; # }
+```
+would represent a square with magenta and yellow edges,
+```
+{ 0, 1; (+1.6, -0.8; -1.6, -0.8); # }
+```
+is a teardrop shape formed by a single cubic Bézier curve.

core/Bitmap.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+
+#include "Bitmap.h"
+
+#include <cstring>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T>::Bitmap() : content(NULL), w(0), h(0) { }
+
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T>::Bitmap(int width, int height) : w(width), h(height) {
+    content = new T[w*h];
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T>::Bitmap(const Bitmap<T> &orig) : w(orig.w), h(orig.h) {
+    content = new T[w*h];
+    memcpy(content, orig.content, w*h*sizeof(T));
+}
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T>::Bitmap(Bitmap<T> &&orig) : content(orig.content), w(orig.w), h(orig.h) {
+    orig.content = NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T>::~Bitmap() {
+    delete [] content;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T> & Bitmap<T>::operator=(const Bitmap<T> &orig) {
+    delete [] content;
+    w = orig.w, h = orig.h;
+    content = new T[w*h];
+    memcpy(content, orig.content, w*h*sizeof(T));
+    return *this;
+}
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+template <typename T>
+Bitmap<T> & Bitmap<T>::operator=(Bitmap<T> &&orig) {
+    delete [] content;
+    content = orig.content;
+    w = orig.w, h = orig.h;
+    orig.content = NULL;
+    return *this;
+}
+#endif
+
+template <typename T>
+int Bitmap<T>::width() const {
+    return w;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+int Bitmap<T>::height() const {
+    return h;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+T & Bitmap<T>::operator()(int x, int y) {
+    return content[y*w+x];
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+const T & Bitmap<T>::operator()(int x, int y) const {
+    return content[y*w+x];
+}
+
+template class Bitmap<float>;
+template class Bitmap<FloatRGB>;
+
+}

core/Bitmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// A floating-point RGB pixel.
+struct FloatRGB {
+    float r, g, b;
+};
+
+/// A 2D image bitmap.
+template <typename T>
+class Bitmap {
+
+public:
+    Bitmap();
+    Bitmap(int width, int height);
+    Bitmap(const Bitmap<T> &orig);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    Bitmap(Bitmap<T> &&orig);
+#endif
+    ~Bitmap();
+    Bitmap<T> & operator=(const Bitmap<T> &orig);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    Bitmap<T> & operator=(Bitmap<T> &&orig);
+#endif
+    /// Bitmap width in pixels.
+    int width() const;
+    /// Bitmap height in pixels.
+    int height() const;
+    T & operator()(int x, int y);
+    const T & operator()(int x, int y) const;
+
+private:
+    T *content;
+    int w, h;
+
+};
+
+}

core/Contour.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+#include "Contour.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+void Contour::addEdge(const EdgeHolder &edge) {
+    edges.push_back(edge);
+}
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+void Contour::addEdge(EdgeHolder &&edge) {
+    edges.push_back((EdgeHolder &&) edge);
+}
+#endif
+
+EdgeHolder & Contour::addEdge() {
+    edges.resize(edges.size()+1);
+    return edges[edges.size()-1];
+}
+
+void Contour::bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const {
+    for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = edges.begin(); edge != edges.end(); ++edge)
+        (*edge)->bounds(l, b, r, t);
+}
+
+}

core/Contour.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <vector>
+#include "EdgeHolder.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// A single closed contour of a shape.
+class Contour {
+
+public:
+    /// The sequence of edges that make up the contour.
+    std::vector<EdgeHolder> edges;
+
+    /// Adds an edge to the contour.
+    void addEdge(const EdgeHolder &edge);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    void addEdge(EdgeHolder &&edge);
+#endif
+    /// Creates a new edge in the contour and returns its reference.
+    EdgeHolder & addEdge();
+    /// Computes the bounding box of the contour.
+    void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const;
+
+};
+
+}

core/EdgeColor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Edge color specifies which color channels an edge belongs to.
+enum EdgeColor {
+    BLACK = 0,
+    RED = 1,
+    GREEN = 2,
+    YELLOW = 3,
+    BLUE = 4,
+    MAGENTA = 5,
+    CYAN = 6,
+    WHITE = 7
+};
+
+}

core/EdgeHolder.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+
+#include "EdgeHolder.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder() : edgeSegment(NULL) { }
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(EdgeSegment *segment) : edgeSegment(segment) { }
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, EdgeColor edgeColor) : edgeSegment(new LinearSegment(p0, p1, edgeColor)) { }
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, EdgeColor edgeColor) : edgeSegment(new QuadraticSegment(p0, p1, p2, edgeColor)) { }
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, Point2 p3, EdgeColor edgeColor) : edgeSegment(new CubicSegment(p0, p1, p2, p3, edgeColor)) { }
+
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(const EdgeHolder &orig) : edgeSegment(orig.edgeSegment ? orig.edgeSegment->clone() : NULL) { }
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+EdgeHolder::EdgeHolder(EdgeHolder &&orig) : edgeSegment(orig.edgeSegment) {
+    orig.edgeSegment = NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+EdgeHolder::~EdgeHolder() {
+    delete edgeSegment;
+}
+
+EdgeHolder & EdgeHolder::operator=(const EdgeHolder &orig) {
+    delete edgeSegment;
+    edgeSegment = orig.edgeSegment ? orig.edgeSegment->clone() : NULL;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+EdgeHolder & EdgeHolder::operator=(EdgeHolder &&orig) {
+    delete edgeSegment;
+    edgeSegment = orig.edgeSegment;
+    orig.edgeSegment = NULL;
+    return *this;
+}
+#endif
+
+EdgeSegment & EdgeHolder::operator*() {
+    return *edgeSegment;
+}
+
+const EdgeSegment & EdgeHolder::operator*() const {
+    return *edgeSegment;
+}
+
+EdgeSegment * EdgeHolder::operator->() {
+    return edgeSegment;
+}
+
+const EdgeSegment * EdgeHolder::operator->() const {
+    return edgeSegment;
+}
+
+EdgeHolder::operator EdgeSegment *() {
+    return edgeSegment;
+}
+
+EdgeHolder::operator const EdgeSegment *() const {
+    return edgeSegment;
+}
+
+}

core/EdgeHolder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "edge-segments.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Container for a single edge of dynamic type.
+class EdgeHolder {
+
+public:
+    EdgeHolder();
+    EdgeHolder(EdgeSegment *segment);
+    EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    EdgeHolder(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, Point2 p3, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    EdgeHolder(const EdgeHolder &orig);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    EdgeHolder(EdgeHolder &&orig);
+#endif
+    ~EdgeHolder();
+    EdgeHolder & operator=(const EdgeHolder &orig);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    EdgeHolder & operator=(EdgeHolder &&orig);
+#endif
+    EdgeSegment & operator*();
+    const EdgeSegment & operator*() const;
+    EdgeSegment * operator->();
+    const EdgeSegment * operator->() const;
+    operator EdgeSegment *();
+    operator const EdgeSegment *() const;
+
+private:
+    EdgeSegment *edgeSegment;
+
+};
+
+}

core/Shape.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+
+#include "Shape.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+Shape::Shape() : inverseYAxis(false) { }
+
+void Shape::addContour(const Contour &contour) {
+    contours.push_back(contour);
+}
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+void Shape::addContour(Contour &&contour) {
+    contours.push_back((Contour &&) contour);
+}
+#endif
+
+Contour & Shape::addContour() {
+    contours.resize(contours.size()+1);
+    return contours[contours.size()-1];
+}
+
+bool Shape::validate() const {
+    for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = contours.begin(); contour != contours.end(); ++contour) {
+        if (!contour->edges.empty()) {
+            Point2 corner = (*(contour->edges.end()-1))->point(1);
+            for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge) {
+                if (!*edge)
+                    return false;
+                if ((*edge)->point(0) != corner)
+                    return false;
+                corner = (*edge)->point(1);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void Shape::normalize() {
+    for (std::vector<Contour>::iterator contour = contours.begin(); contour != contours.end(); ++contour)
+        if (contour->edges.size() == 1) {
+            EdgeSegment *parts[3] = { };
+            contour->edges[0]->splitInThirds(parts[0], parts[1], parts[2]);
+            contour->edges.clear();
+            contour->edges.push_back(EdgeHolder(parts[0]));
+            contour->edges.push_back(EdgeHolder(parts[1]));
+            contour->edges.push_back(EdgeHolder(parts[2]));
+        }
+}
+
+void Shape::bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const {
+    for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = contours.begin(); contour != contours.end(); ++contour)
+        contour->bounds(l, b, r, t);
+}
+
+}

core/Shape.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <vector>
+#include "Contour.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Vector shape representation.
+class Shape {
+
+public:
+    /// The list of contours the shape consists of.
+    std::vector<Contour> contours;
+    /// Specifies whether the shape uses bottom-to-top (false) or top-to-bottom (true) Y coordinates.
+    bool inverseYAxis;
+
+    Shape();
+    /// Adds a contour.
+    void addContour(const Contour &contour);
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    void addContour(Contour &&contour);
+#endif
+    /// Adds a blank contour and returns its reference.
+    Contour & addContour();
+    /// Normalizes the shape geometry for distance field generation.
+    void normalize();
+    /// Performs basic checks to determine if the object represents a valid shape.
+    bool validate() const;
+    /// Computes the shape's bounding box.
+    void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const;
+
+};
+
+}

core/SignedDistance.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+
+#include "SignedDistance.h"
+
+#include <cmath>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+const SignedDistance SignedDistance::INFINITE(-1e240, 1);
+
+SignedDistance::SignedDistance() : distance(-1e240), dot(1) { }
+
+SignedDistance::SignedDistance(double dist, double d) : distance(dist), dot(d) { }
+
+bool operator<(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b) {
+    return fabs(a.distance) < fabs(b.distance) || (fabs(a.distance) == fabs(b.distance) && a.dot < b.dot);
+}
+
+bool operator>(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b) {
+    return fabs(a.distance) > fabs(b.distance) || (fabs(a.distance) == fabs(b.distance) && a.dot > b.dot);
+}
+
+bool operator<=(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b) {
+    return fabs(a.distance) < fabs(b.distance) || (fabs(a.distance) == fabs(b.distance) && a.dot <= b.dot);
+}
+
+bool operator>=(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b) {
+    return fabs(a.distance) > fabs(b.distance) || (fabs(a.distance) == fabs(b.distance) && a.dot >= b.dot);
+}
+
+}

core/SignedDistance.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Represents a signed distance and alignment, which together can be compared to uniquely determine the closest edge segment.
+class SignedDistance {
+
+public:
+    static const SignedDistance INFINITE;
+
+    double distance;
+    double dot;
+
+    SignedDistance();
+    SignedDistance(double dist, double d);
+
+    friend bool operator<(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b);
+    friend bool operator>(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b);
+    friend bool operator<=(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b);
+    friend bool operator>=(SignedDistance a, SignedDistance b);
+
+};
+
+}

core/Vector2.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+
+#include "Vector2.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+Vector2::Vector2(double val) : x(val), y(val) { }
+
+Vector2::Vector2(double x, double y) : x(x), y(y) { }
+
+void Vector2::reset() {
+    x = 0, y = 0;
+}
+
+void Vector2::set(double x, double y) {
+    Vector2::x = x, Vector2::y = y;
+}
+
+double Vector2::length() const {
+    return sqrt(x*x+y*y);
+}
+
+double Vector2::direction() const {
+    return atan2(y, x);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::normalize(bool allowZero) const {
+    double len = length();
+    if (len == 0)
+        return Vector2(0, !allowZero);
+    return Vector2(x/len, y/len);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::getOrthogonal(bool polarity) const {
+    return polarity ? Vector2(-y, x) : Vector2(y, -x);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::getOrthonormal(bool polarity, bool allowZero) const {
+    double len = length();
+    if (len == 0)
+        return polarity ? Vector2(0, !allowZero) : Vector2(0, -!allowZero);
+    return polarity ? Vector2(-y/len, x/len) : Vector2(y/len, -x/len);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::project(const Vector2 &vector, bool positive) const {
+    Vector2 n = normalize(true);
+    double t = dotProduct(vector, n);
+    if (positive && t <= 0)
+        return Vector2();
+    return t*n;
+}
+
+Vector2::operator const void*() const {
+    return x || y ? this : NULL;
+}
+
+bool Vector2::operator!() const {
+    return !x && !y;
+}
+
+bool Vector2::operator==(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return x == other.x && y == other.y;
+}
+
+bool Vector2::operator!=(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return x != other.x || y != other.y;
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator+() const {
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator-() const {
+    return Vector2(-x, -y);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator+(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return Vector2(x+other.x, y+other.y);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator-(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return Vector2(x-other.x, y-other.y);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator*(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return Vector2(x*other.x, y*other.y);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator/(const Vector2 &other) const {
+    return Vector2(x/other.x, y/other.y);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator*(double value) const {
+    return Vector2(x*value, y*value);
+}
+
+Vector2 Vector2::operator/(double value) const {
+    return Vector2(x/value, y/value);
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator+=(const Vector2 &other) {
+    x += other.x, y += other.y;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator-=(const Vector2 &other) {
+    x -= other.x, y -= other.y;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator*=(const Vector2 &other) {
+    x *= other.x, y *= other.y;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator/=(const Vector2 &other) {
+    x /= other.x, y /= other.y;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator*=(double value) {
+    x *= value, y *= value;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+Vector2 & Vector2::operator/=(double value) {
+    x /= value, y /= value;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+double dotProduct(const Vector2 &a, const Vector2 &b) {
+    return a.x*b.x+a.y*b.y;
+}
+
+double crossProduct(const Vector2 &a, const Vector2 &b) {
+    return a.x*b.y-a.y*b.x;
+}
+
+Vector2 operator*(double value, const Vector2 &vector) {
+    return Vector2(value*vector.x, value*vector.y);
+}
+
+Vector2 operator/(double value, const Vector2 &vector) {
+    return Vector2(value/vector.x, value/vector.y);
+}
+
+}

core/Vector2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cmath>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/**
+* A 2-dimensional euclidean vector with double precision.
+* Implementation based on the Vector2 template from Artery Engine.
+* @author Viktor Chlumsky
+*/
+struct Vector2 {
+
+    double x, y;
+
+    Vector2(double val = 0);
+    Vector2(double x, double y);
+    /// Sets the vector to zero.
+    void reset();
+    /// Sets individual elements of the vector.
+    void set(double x, double y);
+    /// Returns the vector's length.
+    double length() const;
+    /// Returns the angle of the vector in radians (atan2).
+    double direction() const;
+    /// Returns the normalized vector - one that has the same direction but unit length.
+    Vector2 normalize(bool allowZero = false) const;
+    /// Returns a vector with the same length that is orthogonal to this one.
+    Vector2 getOrthogonal(bool polarity = true) const;
+    /// Returns a vector with unit length that is orthogonal to this one.
+    Vector2 getOrthonormal(bool polarity = true, bool allowZero = false) const;
+    /// Returns a vector projected along this one.
+    Vector2 project(const Vector2 &vector, bool positive = false) const;
+    operator const void *() const;
+    bool operator!() const;
+    bool operator==(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    bool operator!=(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    Vector2 operator+() const;
+    Vector2 operator-() const;
+    Vector2 operator+(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    Vector2 operator-(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    Vector2 operator*(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    Vector2 operator/(const Vector2 &other) const;
+    Vector2 operator*(double value) const;
+    Vector2 operator/(double value) const;
+    Vector2 & operator+=(const Vector2 &other);
+    Vector2 & operator-=(const Vector2 &other);
+    Vector2 & operator*=(const Vector2 &other);
+    Vector2 & operator/=(const Vector2 &other);
+    Vector2 & operator*=(double value);
+    Vector2 & operator/=(double value);
+    /// Dot product of two vectors.
+    friend double dotProduct(const Vector2 &a, const Vector2 &b);
+    /// A special version of the cross product for 2D vectors (returns scalar value).
+    friend double crossProduct(const Vector2 &a, const Vector2 &b);
+    friend Vector2 operator*(double value, const Vector2 &vector);
+    friend Vector2 operator/(double value, const Vector2 &vector);
+
+};
+
+/// A vector may also represent a point, which shall be differentiated semantically using the alias Point2.
+typedef Vector2 Point2;
+
+}

core/arithmetics.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cmath>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Returns the smaller of the arguments.
+template <typename T>
+inline T min(T a, T b) {
+    return b < a ? b : a;
+}
+
+/// Returns the larger of the arguments.
+template <typename T>
+inline T max(T a, T b) {
+    return a < b ? b : a;
+}
+
+/// Returns the middle out of three values
+template <typename T>
+inline T median(T a, T b, T c) {
+    return max(min(a, b), min(max(a, b), c));
+}
+
+/// Returns the weighted average of a and b.
+template <typename T, typename S>
+inline T mix(T a, T b, S weight) {
+    return T((S(1)-weight)*a+weight*b);
+}
+
+/// Clamps the number to the interval from 0 to 1.
+template <typename T>
+inline T clamp(T n) {
+    return n >= T(0) && n <= T(1) ? n : T(n > T(0));
+}
+
+/// Clamps the number to the interval from 0 to b.
+template <typename T>
+inline T clamp(T n, T b) {
+    return n >= T(0) && n <= b ? n : T(n > T(0))*b;
+}
+
+/// Clamps the number to the interval from a to b.
+template <typename T>
+inline T clamp(T n, T a, T b) {
+    return n >= a && n <= b ? n : n < a ? a : b;
+}
+
+/// Returns 1 for non-negative values and -1 for negative values.
+template <typename T>
+inline int nonZeroSign(T n) {
+    return 2*(n > T(0))-1;
+}
+
+}

core/edge-coloring.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+
+#include "edge-coloring.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+static bool isCorner(const Vector2 &aDir, const Vector2 &bDir, double crossThreshold) {
+    return dotProduct(aDir, bDir) <= 0 || fabs(crossProduct(aDir, bDir)) > crossThreshold;
+}
+
+void edgeColoringSimple(Shape &shape, double angleThreshold) {
+    double crossThreshold = sin(angleThreshold);
+    std::vector<int> corners;
+    for (std::vector<Contour>::iterator contour = shape.contours.begin(); contour != shape.contours.end(); ++contour) {
+        // Identify corners
+        corners.clear();
+        if (!contour->edges.empty()) {
+            Vector2 prevDirection = (*(contour->edges.end()-1))->direction(1);
+            int index = 0;
+            for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge, ++index) {
+                if (isCorner(prevDirection.normalize(), (*edge)->direction(0).normalize(), crossThreshold))
+                    corners.push_back(index);
+                prevDirection = (*edge)->direction(1);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Smooth contour
+        if (corners.empty())
+            for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge)
+                (*edge)->color = WHITE;
+        // "Teardrop" case
+        else if (corners.size() == 1) {
+            const EdgeColor colors[] = { MAGENTA, WHITE, YELLOW };
+            int corner = corners[0];
+            if (contour->edges.size() >= 3) {
+                int m = contour->edges.size();
+                for (int i = 0; i < m; ++i)
+                    contour->edges[(corner+i)%m]->color = (colors+1)[int(3+2.875*i/(m-1)-1.4375+.5)-3];
+            } else if (contour->edges.size() >= 1) {
+                // Less than three edge segments for three colors => edges must be split
+                EdgeSegment *parts[7] = { };
+                contour->edges[0]->splitInThirds(parts[0+3*corner], parts[1+3*corner], parts[2+3*corner]);
+                if (contour->edges.size() >= 2) {
+                    contour->edges[1]->splitInThirds(parts[3-3*corner], parts[4-3*corner], parts[5-3*corner]);
+                    parts[0]->color = parts[1]->color = colors[0];
+                    parts[2]->color = parts[3]->color = colors[1];
+                    parts[4]->color = parts[5]->color = colors[2];
+                } else {
+                    parts[0]->color = colors[0];
+                    parts[1]->color = colors[1];
+                    parts[2]->color = colors[2];
+                }
+                contour->edges.clear();
+                for (int i = 0; parts[i]; ++i)
+                    contour->edges.push_back(EdgeHolder(parts[i]));
+            }
+        }
+        // Multiple corners
+        else {
+            int cornerCount = corners.size();
+            // CMYCMYCMYCMY / YMYCMYC if corner count % 3 == 1
+            EdgeColor colors[] = { cornerCount%3 == 1 ? YELLOW : CYAN, CYAN, MAGENTA, YELLOW };
+            int spline = 0;
+            int start = corners[0];
+            int m = contour->edges.size();
+            for (int i = 0; i < m; ++i) {
+                int index = (start+i)%m;
+                if (cornerCount > spline+1 && corners[spline+1] == index)
+                    ++spline;
+                contour->edges[index]->color = (colors+1)[spline%3-!spline];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+}

core/edge-coloring.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Shape.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/** Assigns colors to edges of the shape in accordance to the multi-channel distance field technique.
+ *  May split some edges if necessary.
+ *  angleThreshold specifies the maximum angle (in radians) to be considered a corner, for example 3 (~172 degrees).
+ *  Values below 1/2 PI will be treated as the external angle.
+ */
+void edgeColoringSimple(Shape &shape, double angleThreshold);
+
+}

core/edge-segments.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+
+#include "edge-segments.h"
+
+#include "arithmetics.hpp"
+#include "equation-solver.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+void EdgeSegment::distanceToPseudoDistance(SignedDistance &distance, Point2 origin, double param) const {
+    if (param < 0) {
+        Vector2 dir = direction(0).normalize();
+        Vector2 aq = origin-point(0);
+        double ts = dotProduct(aq, dir);
+        if (ts < 0) {
+            double pseudoDistance = crossProduct(aq, dir);
+            if (fabs(pseudoDistance) <= fabs(distance.distance)) {
+                distance.distance = pseudoDistance;
+                distance.dot = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    } else if (param > 1) {
+        Vector2 dir = direction(1).normalize();
+        Vector2 bq = origin-point(1);
+        double ts = dotProduct(bq, dir);
+        if (ts > 0) {
+            double pseudoDistance = crossProduct(bq, dir);
+            if (fabs(pseudoDistance) <= fabs(distance.distance)) {
+                distance.distance = pseudoDistance;
+                distance.dot = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+LinearSegment::LinearSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, EdgeColor edgeColor) : EdgeSegment(edgeColor) {
+    p[0] = p0;
+    p[1] = p1;
+}
+
+QuadraticSegment::QuadraticSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, EdgeColor edgeColor) : EdgeSegment(edgeColor) {
+    p[0] = p0;
+    p[1] = p1;
+    p[2] = p2;
+}
+
+CubicSegment::CubicSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, Point2 p3, EdgeColor edgeColor) : EdgeSegment(edgeColor) {
+    p[0] = p0;
+    p[1] = p1;
+    p[2] = p2;
+    p[3] = p3;
+}
+
+LinearSegment * LinearSegment::clone() const {
+    return new LinearSegment(p[0], p[1], color);
+}
+
+QuadraticSegment * QuadraticSegment::clone() const {
+    return new QuadraticSegment(p[0], p[1], p[2], color);
+}
+
+CubicSegment * CubicSegment::clone() const {
+    return new CubicSegment(p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3], color);
+}
+
+Point2 LinearSegment::point(double param) const {
+    return mix(p[0], p[1], param);
+}
+
+Point2 QuadraticSegment::point(double param) const {
+    return mix(mix(p[0], p[1], param), mix(p[1], p[2], param), param);
+}
+
+Point2 CubicSegment::point(double param) const {
+    Vector2 p12 = mix(p[1], p[2], param);
+    return mix(mix(mix(p[0], p[1], param), p12, param), mix(p12, mix(p[2], p[3], param), param), param);
+}
+
+Vector2 LinearSegment::direction(double param) const {
+    return p[1]-p[0];
+}
+
+Vector2 QuadraticSegment::direction(double param) const {
+    return mix(p[1]-p[0], p[2]-p[1], param);
+}
+
+Vector2 CubicSegment::direction(double param) const {
+    return mix(mix(p[1]-p[0], p[2]-p[1], param), mix(p[2]-p[1], p[3]-p[2], param), param);
+}
+
+SignedDistance LinearSegment::signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const {
+    Vector2 aq = origin-p[0];
+    Vector2 ab = p[1]-p[0];
+    param = dotProduct(aq, ab)/dotProduct(ab, ab);
+    Vector2 eq = p[param > .5]-origin;
+    double endpointDistance = eq.length();
+    if (param > 0 && param < 1) {
+        double orthoDistance = dotProduct(ab.getOrthonormal(false), aq);
+        if (fabs(orthoDistance) < endpointDistance)
+            return SignedDistance(orthoDistance, 0);
+    }
+    return SignedDistance(nonZeroSign(crossProduct(aq, ab))*endpointDistance, fabs(dotProduct(ab.normalize(), eq.normalize())));
+}
+
+SignedDistance QuadraticSegment::signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const {
+    Vector2 qa = p[0]-origin;
+    Vector2 ab = p[1]-p[0];
+    Vector2 br = p[0]+p[2]-p[1]-p[1];
+    double a = dotProduct(br, br);
+    double b = 3*dotProduct(ab, br);
+    double c = 2*dotProduct(ab, ab)+dotProduct(qa, br);
+    double d = dotProduct(qa, ab);
+    double t[3];
+    int solutions = solveCubic(t, a, b, c, d);
+
+    double minDistance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(ab, qa))*qa.length(); // distance from A
+    param = -dotProduct(qa, ab)/dotProduct(ab, ab);
+    {
+        double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(p[2]-p[1], p[2]-origin))*(p[2]-origin).length(); // distance from B
+        if (fabs(distance) < fabs(minDistance)) {
+            minDistance = distance;
+            param = dotProduct(origin-p[1], p[2]-p[1])/dotProduct(p[2]-p[1], p[2]-p[1]);
+        }
+    }
+    for (int i = 0; i < solutions; ++i) {
+        if (t[i] > 0 && t[i] < 1) {
+            Point2 endpoint = p[0]+2*t[i]*ab+t[i]*t[i]*br;
+            double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(p[2]-p[0], endpoint-origin))*(endpoint-origin).length();
+            if (fabs(distance) <= fabs(minDistance)) {
+                minDistance = distance;
+                param = t[i];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (param >= 0 && param <= 1)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, 0);
+    if (param < .5)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct(ab.normalize(), qa.normalize())));
+    else
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct((p[2]-p[1]).normalize(), (p[2]-origin).normalize())));
+}
+
+SignedDistance CubicSegment::signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const {
+    Vector2 qa = p[0]-origin;
+    Vector2 ab = p[1]-p[0];
+    Vector2 br = p[2]-p[1]-ab;
+    Vector2 as = (p[3]-p[2])-(p[2]-p[1])-br;
+
+    double minDistance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(ab, qa))*qa.length(); // distance from A
+    param = -dotProduct(qa, ab)/dotProduct(ab, ab);
+    {
+        double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(p[3]-p[2], p[3]-origin))*(p[3]-origin).length(); // distance from B
+        if (fabs(distance) < fabs(minDistance)) {
+            minDistance = distance;
+            param = dotProduct(origin-p[2], p[3]-p[2])/dotProduct(p[3]-p[2], p[3]-p[2]);
+        }
+    }
+    // Iterative minimum distance search
+    for (int i = 0; i <= MSDFGEN_CUBIC_SEARCH_STARTS; ++i) {
+        double t = (double) i/MSDFGEN_CUBIC_SEARCH_STARTS;
+        for (int step = 0;; ++step) {
+            Vector2 qpt = point(t)-origin;
+            double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(direction(t), qpt))*qpt.length();
+            if (fabs(distance) < fabs(minDistance)) {
+                minDistance = distance;
+                param = t;
+            }
+            if (step == MSDFGEN_CUBIC_SEARCH_STEPS)
+                break;
+            // Improve t
+            Vector2 d1 = 3*as*t*t+6*br*t+3*ab;
+            Vector2 d2 = 6*as*t+6*br;
+            t -= dotProduct(qpt, d1)/(dotProduct(d1, d1)+dotProduct(qpt, d2));
+            if (t < 0 || t > 1)
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (param >= 0 && param <= 1)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, 0);
+    if (param < .5)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct(ab.normalize(), qa.normalize())));
+    else
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct((p[3]-p[2]).normalize(), (p[3]-origin).normalize())));
+}
+
+// Original method by solving a fifth order polynomial
+/*SignedDistance CubicSegment::signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const {
+    Vector2 qa = p[0]-origin;
+    Vector2 ab = p[1]-p[0];
+    Vector2 br = p[2]-p[1]-ab;
+    Vector2 as = (p[3]-p[2])-(p[2]-p[1])-br;
+    double a = dotProduct(as, as);
+    double b = 5*dotProduct(br, as);
+    double c = 4*dotProduct(ab, as)+6*dotProduct(br, br);
+    double d = 9*dotProduct(ab, br)+dotProduct(qa, as);
+    double e = 3*dotProduct(ab, ab)+2*dotProduct(qa, br);
+    double f = dotProduct(qa, ab);
+    double t[5];
+    int solutions = solveQuintic(t, a, b, c, d, e, f);
+
+    double minDistance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(ab, qa))*qa.length(); // distance from A
+    param = -dotProduct(qa, ab)/dotProduct(ab, ab);
+    {
+        double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(p[3]-p[2], p[3]-origin))*(p[3]-origin).length(); // distance from B
+        if (fabs(distance) < fabs(minDistance)) {
+            minDistance = distance;
+            param = dotProduct(origin-p[2], p[3]-p[2])/dotProduct(p[3]-p[2], p[3]-p[2]);
+        }
+    }
+    for (int i = 0; i < solutions; ++i) {
+        if (t[i] > 0 && t[i] < 1) {
+            Point2 endpoint = p[0]+3*t[i]*ab+3*t[i]*t[i]*br+t[i]*t[i]*t[i]*as;
+            Vector2 dirVec = t[i]*t[i]*as+2*t[i]*br+ab;
+            double distance = nonZeroSign(crossProduct(dirVec, endpoint-origin))*(endpoint-origin).length();
+            if (fabs(distance) <= fabs(minDistance)) {
+                minDistance = distance;
+                param = t[i];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (param >= 0 && param <= 1)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, 0);
+    if (param < .5)
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct(ab.normalize(), qa.normalize())));
+    else
+        return SignedDistance(minDistance, fabs(dotProduct((p[3]-p[2]).normalize(), (p[3]-origin).normalize())));
+}*/
+
+static void pointBounds(Point2 p, double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) {
+    if (p.x < l) l = p.x;
+    if (p.y < b) b = p.y;
+    if (p.x > r) r = p.x;
+    if (p.y > t) t = p.y;
+}
+
+void LinearSegment::bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const {
+    pointBounds(p[0], l, b, r, t);
+    pointBounds(p[1], l, b, r, t);
+}
+
+void QuadraticSegment::bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const {
+    pointBounds(p[0], l, b, r, t);
+    pointBounds(p[2], l, b, r, t);
+    Vector2 bot = (p[1]-p[0])-(p[2]-p[1]);
+    if (bot.x) {
+        double param = (p[1].x-p[0].x)/bot.x;
+        if (param > 0 && param < 1)
+            pointBounds(point(param), l, b, r, t);
+    }
+    if (bot.y) {
+        double param = (p[1].y-p[0].y)/bot.y;
+        if (param > 0 && param < 1)
+            pointBounds(point(param), l, b, r, t);
+    }
+}
+
+void CubicSegment::bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const {
+    pointBounds(p[0], l, b, r, t);
+    pointBounds(p[3], l, b, r, t);
+    Vector2 a0 = p[1]-p[0];
+    Vector2 a1 = 2*(p[2]-p[1]-a0);
+    Vector2 a2 = p[3]-3*p[2]+3*p[1]-p[0];
+    double params[2];
+    int solutions;
+    solutions = solveQuadratic(params, a2.x, a1.x, a0.x);
+    for (int i = 0; i < solutions; ++i)
+        if (params[i] > 0 && params[i] < 1)
+            pointBounds(point(params[i]), l, b, r, t);
+    solutions = solveQuadratic(params, a2.y, a1.y, a0.y);
+    for (int i = 0; i < solutions; ++i)
+        if (params[i] > 0 && params[i] < 1)
+            pointBounds(point(params[i]), l, b, r, t);
+}
+
+void LinearSegment::moveStartPoint(Point2 to) {
+    p[0] = to;
+}
+
+void QuadraticSegment::moveStartPoint(Point2 to) {
+    Vector2 origSDir = p[0]-p[1];
+    Point2 origP1 = p[1];
+    p[1] += crossProduct(p[0]-p[1], to-p[0])/crossProduct(p[0]-p[1], p[2]-p[1])*(p[2]-p[1]);
+    p[0] = to;
+    if (dotProduct(origSDir, p[0]-p[1]) < 0)
+        p[1] = origP1;
+}
+
+void CubicSegment::moveStartPoint(Point2 to) {
+    p[1] += to-p[0];
+    p[0] = to;
+}
+
+void LinearSegment::moveEndPoint(Point2 to) {
+    p[1] = to;
+}
+
+void QuadraticSegment::moveEndPoint(Point2 to) {
+    Vector2 origEDir = p[2]-p[1];
+    Point2 origP1 = p[1];
+    p[1] += crossProduct(p[2]-p[1], to-p[2])/crossProduct(p[2]-p[1], p[0]-p[1])*(p[0]-p[1]);
+    p[2] = to;
+    if (dotProduct(origEDir, p[2]-p[1]) < 0)
+        p[1] = origP1;
+}
+
+void CubicSegment::moveEndPoint(Point2 to) {
+    p[2] += to-p[3];
+    p[3] = to;
+}
+
+void LinearSegment::splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const {
+    part1 = new LinearSegment(p[0], point(1/3.), color);
+    part2 = new LinearSegment(point(1/3.), point(2/3.), color);
+    part3 = new LinearSegment(point(2/3.), p[1], color);
+}
+
+void QuadraticSegment::splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const {
+    part1 = new QuadraticSegment(p[0], mix(p[0], p[1], 1/3.), point(1/3.), color);
+    part2 = new QuadraticSegment(point(1/3.), mix(mix(p[0], p[1], 5/9.), mix(p[1], p[2], 4/9.), .5), point(2/3.), color);
+    part3 = new QuadraticSegment(point(2/3.), mix(p[1], p[2], 2/3.), p[2], color);
+}
+
+void CubicSegment::splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const {
+    part1 = new CubicSegment(p[0], mix(p[0], p[1], 1/3.), mix(mix(p[0], p[1], 1/3.), mix(p[1], p[2], 1/3.), 1/3.), point(1/3.), color);
+    part2 = new CubicSegment(point(1/3.),
+        mix(mix(mix(p[0], p[1], 1/3.), mix(p[1], p[2], 1/3.), 1/3.), mix(mix(p[1], p[2], 1/3.), mix(p[2], p[3], 1/3.), 1/3.), 2/3.),
+        mix(mix(mix(p[0], p[1], 2/3.), mix(p[1], p[2], 2/3.), 2/3.), mix(mix(p[1], p[2], 2/3.), mix(p[2], p[3], 2/3.), 2/3.), 1/3.),
+        point(2/3.), color);
+    part3 = new CubicSegment(point(2/3.), mix(mix(p[1], p[2], 2/3.), mix(p[2], p[3], 2/3.), 2/3.), mix(p[2], p[3], 2/3.), p[3], color);
+}
+
+}

core/edge-segments.h

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Vector2.h"
+#include "SignedDistance.h"
+#include "EdgeColor.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+// Parameters for iterative search of closest point on a cubic Bezier curve. Increase for higher precision.
+#define MSDFGEN_CUBIC_SEARCH_STARTS 4
+#define MSDFGEN_CUBIC_SEARCH_STEPS 4
+
+/// An abstract edge segment.
+class EdgeSegment {
+
+public:
+    EdgeColor color;
+
+    EdgeSegment(EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE) : color(edgeColor) { }
+    virtual ~EdgeSegment() { }
+    /// Creates a copy of the edge segment.
+    virtual EdgeSegment * clone() const = 0;
+    /// Returns the point on the edge specified by the parameter (between 0 and 1).
+    virtual Point2 point(double param) const = 0;
+    /// Returns the direction the edge has at the point specified by the parameter.
+    virtual Vector2 direction(double param) const = 0;
+    /// Returns the minimum signed distance between origin and the edge.
+    virtual SignedDistance signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const = 0;
+    /// Converts a previously retrieved signed distance from origin to pseudo-distance.
+    virtual void distanceToPseudoDistance(SignedDistance &distance, Point2 origin, double param) const;
+    /// Adjusts the bounding box to fit the edge segment.
+    virtual void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const = 0;
+
+    /// Moves the start point of the edge segment.
+    virtual void moveStartPoint(Point2 to) = 0;
+    /// Moves the end point of the edge segment.
+    virtual void moveEndPoint(Point2 to) = 0;
+    /// Splits the edge segments into thirds which together represent the original edge.
+    virtual void splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const = 0;
+
+};
+
+/// A line segment.
+class LinearSegment : public EdgeSegment {
+
+public:
+    Point2 p[2];
+
+    LinearSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    LinearSegment * clone() const;
+    Point2 point(double param) const;
+    Vector2 direction(double param) const;
+    SignedDistance signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const;
+    void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const;
+
+    void moveStartPoint(Point2 to);
+    void moveEndPoint(Point2 to);
+    void splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const;
+
+};
+
+/// A quadratic Bezier curve.
+class QuadraticSegment : public EdgeSegment {
+
+public:
+    Point2 p[3];
+
+    QuadraticSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    QuadraticSegment * clone() const;
+    Point2 point(double param) const;
+    Vector2 direction(double param) const;
+    SignedDistance signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const;
+    void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const;
+
+    void moveStartPoint(Point2 to);
+    void moveEndPoint(Point2 to);
+    void splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const;
+
+};
+
+/// A cubic Bezier curve.
+class CubicSegment : public EdgeSegment {
+
+public:
+    Point2 p[4];
+
+    CubicSegment(Point2 p0, Point2 p1, Point2 p2, Point2 p3, EdgeColor edgeColor = WHITE);
+    CubicSegment * clone() const;
+    Point2 point(double param) const;
+    Vector2 direction(double param) const;
+    SignedDistance signedDistance(Point2 origin, double &param) const;
+    void bounds(double &l, double &b, double &r, double &t) const;
+
+    void moveStartPoint(Point2 to);
+    void moveEndPoint(Point2 to);
+    void splitInThirds(EdgeSegment *&part1, EdgeSegment *&part2, EdgeSegment *&part3) const;
+
+};
+
+}

core/equation-solver.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+#include "equation-solver.h"
+
+#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
+#include <cmath>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+int solveQuadratic(double x[2], double a, double b, double c) {
+    if (fabs(a) < 1e-14) {
+        if (fabs(b) < 1e-14) {
+            if (c == 0)
+                return -1;
+            return 0;
+        }
+        x[0] = -c/b;
+        return 1;
+    }
+    double dscr = b*b-4*a*c;
+    if (dscr > 0) {
+        dscr = sqrt(dscr);
+        x[0] = (-b+dscr)/(2*a);
+        x[1] = (-b-dscr)/(2*a);
+        return 2;
+    } else if (dscr == 0) {
+        x[0] = -b/(2*a);
+        return 1;
+    } else
+        return 0;
+}
+
+int solveCubicNormed(double *x, double a, double b, double c) {
+    double a2 = a*a;
+    double q  = (a2 - 3*b)/9; 
+    double r  = (a*(2*a2-9*b) + 27*c)/54;
+    double r2 = r*r;
+    double q3 = q*q*q;
+    double A, B;
+    if (r2 < q3) {
+        double t = r/sqrt(q3);
+        if (t < -1) t = -1;
+        if (t > 1) t = 1;
+        t = acos(t);
+        a /= 3; q = -2*sqrt(q);
+        x[0] = q*cos(t/3)-a;
+        x[1] = q*cos((t+2*M_PI)/3)-a;
+        x[2] = q*cos((t-2*M_PI)/3)-a;
+        return 3;
+    } else {
+        A = -pow(fabs(r)+sqrt(r2-q3), 1/3.); 
+        if (r < 0) A = -A;
+        B = A == 0 ? 0 : q/A;
+        a /= 3;
+        x[0] = (A+B)-a;
+        x[1] = -0.5*(A+B)-a;
+        x[2] = 0.5*sqrt(3.)*(A-B);
+        if (fabs(x[2]) < 1e-14)
+            return 2;
+        return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int solveCubic(double x[3], double a, double b, double c, double d) {
+    if (fabs(a) < 1e-14)
+        return solveQuadratic(x, b, c, d);
+    return solveCubicNormed(x, b/a, c/a, d/a);
+}
+
+}

core/equation-solver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+// ax^2 + bx + c = 0
+int solveQuadratic(double x[2], double a, double b, double c);
+
+// ax^3 + bx^2 + cx + d = 0
+int solveCubic(double x[3], double a, double b, double c, double d);
+
+// ax^5 + bx^4 + cx^3 + dx^2 + ex + f = 0
+//int solveQuintic(double x[5], double a, double b, double c, double d, double e, double f);
+
+}

core/msdfgen.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+
+#include "../msdfgen.h"
+
+#include "arithmetics.hpp"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+void generateSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP
+    #pragma omp parallel for
+#endif
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
+        int row = shape.inverseYAxis ? h-y-1 : y;
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            double dummy;
+            Point2 p = Vector2(x+.5, y+.5)/scale-translate;
+            SignedDistance minDistance;
+            for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = shape.contours.begin(); contour != shape.contours.end(); ++contour)
+                for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge) {
+                    SignedDistance distance = (*edge)->signedDistance(p, dummy);
+                    if (distance < minDistance)
+                        minDistance = distance;
+                }
+            output(x, row) = float(minDistance.distance/range+.5);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void generatePseudoSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP
+    #pragma omp parallel for
+#endif
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
+        int row = shape.inverseYAxis ? h-y-1 : y;
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            Point2 p = Vector2(x+.5, y+.5)/scale-translate;
+            SignedDistance minDistance;
+            const EdgeHolder *nearEdge = NULL;
+            double nearParam = 0;
+            for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = shape.contours.begin(); contour != shape.contours.end(); ++contour)
+                for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge) {
+                    double param;
+                    SignedDistance distance = (*edge)->signedDistance(p, param);
+                    if (distance < minDistance) {
+                        minDistance = distance;
+                        nearEdge = &*edge;
+                        nearParam = param;
+                    }
+                }
+            if (nearEdge)
+                (*nearEdge)->distanceToPseudoDistance(minDistance, p, nearParam);
+            output(x, row) = float(minDistance.distance/range+.5);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static inline bool pixelClash(const FloatRGB &a, const FloatRGB &b, double threshold) {
+    // Only consider pair where both are on the inside or both are on the outside
+    bool aIn = (a.r > .5f)+(a.g > .5f)+(a.b > .5f) >= 2;
+    bool bIn = (b.r > .5f)+(b.g > .5f)+(b.b > .5f) >= 2;
+    if (aIn != bIn) return false;
+    // If the change is 0 <-> 1 or 2 <-> 3 channels and not 1 <-> 1 or 2 <-> 2, it is not a clash
+    if ((a.r > .5f && a.g > .5f && a.b > .5f) || (a.r < .5f && a.g < .5f && a.b < .5f)
+        || (b.r > .5f && b.g > .5f && b.b > .5f) || (b.r < .5f && b.g < .5f && b.b < .5f))
+        return false;
+    // Find which color is which: _a, _b = the changing channels, _c = the remaining one
+    float aa, ab, ba, bb, ac, bc;
+    if ((a.r > .5f) != (b.r > .5f) && (a.r < .5f) != (b.r < .5f)) {
+        aa = a.r, ba = b.r;
+        if ((a.g > .5f) != (b.g > .5f) && (a.g < .5f) != (b.g < .5f)) {
+            ab = a.g, bb = b.g;
+            ac = a.b, bc = b.b;
+        } else if ((a.b > .5f) != (b.b > .5f) && (a.b < .5f) != (b.b < .5f)) {
+            ab = a.b, bb = b.b;
+            ac = a.g, bc = b.g;
+        } else
+            return false; // this should never happen
+    } else if ((a.g > .5f) != (b.g > .5f) && (a.g < .5f) != (b.g < .5f)
+        && (a.b > .5f) != (b.b > .5f) && (a.b < .5f) != (b.b < .5f)) {
+        aa = a.g, ba = b.g;
+        ab = a.b, bb = b.b;
+        ac = a.r, bc = b.r;
+    } else
+        return false;
+    // Find if the channels are in fact discontinuous
+    return (fabsf(aa-ba) >= threshold)
+        && (fabsf(ab-bb) >= threshold)
+        && fabsf(ac-.5f) >= fabsf(bc-.5f); // Out of the pair, only flag the pixel farther from a shape edge
+}
+
+void msdfErrorCorrection(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Vector2 &threshold) {
+    std::vector<std::pair<int, int> > clashes;
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            if ((x > 0 && pixelClash(output(x, y), output(x-1, y), threshold.x))
+                || (x < w-1 && pixelClash(output(x, y), output(x+1, y), threshold.x))
+                || (y > 0 && pixelClash(output(x, y), output(x, y-1), threshold.y))
+                || (y < h-1 && pixelClash(output(x, y), output(x, y+1), threshold.y)))
+                clashes.push_back(std::make_pair(x, y));
+        }
+    for (std::vector<std::pair<int, int> >::const_iterator clash = clashes.begin(); clash != clashes.end(); ++clash) {
+        FloatRGB &pixel = output(clash->first, clash->second);
+        float med = median(pixel.r, pixel.g, pixel.b);
+        pixel.r = med, pixel.g = med, pixel.b = med;
+    }
+}
+
+void generateMSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate, double edgeThreshold) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP
+    #pragma omp parallel for
+#endif
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
+        int row = shape.inverseYAxis ? h-y-1 : y;
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            Point2 p = Vector2(x+.5, y+.5)/scale-translate;
+
+            struct {
+                SignedDistance minDistance;
+                const EdgeHolder *nearEdge;
+                double nearParam;
+            } r, g, b;
+            r.nearEdge = g.nearEdge = b.nearEdge = NULL;
+            r.nearParam = g.nearParam = b.nearParam = 0;
+
+            for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = shape.contours.begin(); contour != shape.contours.end(); ++contour)
+                for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge) {
+                    double param;
+                    SignedDistance distance = (*edge)->signedDistance(p, param);
+                    if ((*edge)->color&RED && distance < r.minDistance) {
+                        r.minDistance = distance;
+                        r.nearEdge = &*edge;
+                        r.nearParam = param;
+                    }
+                    if ((*edge)->color&GREEN && distance < g.minDistance) {
+                        g.minDistance = distance;
+                        g.nearEdge = &*edge;
+                        g.nearParam = param;
+                    }
+                    if ((*edge)->color&BLUE && distance < b.minDistance) {
+                        b.minDistance = distance;
+                        b.nearEdge = &*edge;
+                        b.nearParam = param;
+                    }
+                }
+
+            if (r.nearEdge)
+                (*r.nearEdge)->distanceToPseudoDistance(r.minDistance, p, r.nearParam);
+            if (g.nearEdge)
+                (*g.nearEdge)->distanceToPseudoDistance(g.minDistance, p, g.nearParam);
+            if (b.nearEdge)
+                (*b.nearEdge)->distanceToPseudoDistance(b.minDistance, p, b.nearParam);
+            output(x, row).r = float(r.minDistance.distance/range+.5);
+            output(x, row).g = float(g.minDistance.distance/range+.5);
+            output(x, row).b = float(b.minDistance.distance/range+.5);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (edgeThreshold > 0)
+        msdfErrorCorrection(output, edgeThreshold/(scale*range));
+}
+
+}

core/render-sdf.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+
+#include "render-sdf.h"
+
+#include "arithmetics.hpp"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+template <typename S>
+inline FloatRGB mix(FloatRGB a, FloatRGB b, S weight) {
+    FloatRGB output = {
+        mix(a.r, b.r, weight),
+        mix(a.g, b.g, weight),
+        mix(a.b, b.b, weight)
+    };
+    return output;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+static T sample(const Bitmap<T> &bitmap, Point2 pos) {
+    int w = bitmap.width(), h = bitmap.height();
+    double x = pos.x*w-.5;
+    double y = pos.y*h-.5;
+    int l = (int) floor(x);
+    int b = (int) floor(y);
+    int r = l+1;
+    int t = b+1;
+    double lr = x-l;
+    double bt = y-b;
+    l = clamp(l, w-1), r = clamp(r, w-1);
+    b = clamp(b, h-1), t = clamp(t, h-1);
+    return mix(mix(bitmap(l, b), bitmap(r, b), lr), mix(bitmap(l, t), bitmap(r, t), lr), bt);
+}
+
+static float distVal(float dist, double pxRange) {
+    if (!pxRange)
+        return dist > .5;
+    return (float) clamp((dist-.5)*pxRange+.5);
+}
+
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Bitmap<float> &sdf, double pxRange) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+    pxRange *= (w+h)/(sdf.width()+sdf.height());
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            float s = sample(sdf, Point2((x+.5)/w, (y+.5)/h));
+            output(x, y) = distVal(s, pxRange);
+        }
+}
+
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Bitmap<float> &sdf, double pxRange) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+    pxRange *= (w+h)/(sdf.width()+sdf.height());
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            float s = sample(sdf, Point2((x+.5)/w, (y+.5)/h));
+            float v = distVal(s, pxRange);
+            output(x, y).r = v;
+            output(x, y).g = v;
+            output(x, y).b = v;
+        }
+}
+
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &sdf, double pxRange) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+    pxRange *= (w+h)/(sdf.width()+sdf.height());
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            FloatRGB s = sample(sdf, Point2((x+.5)/w, (y+.5)/h));
+            output(x, y) = distVal(median(s.r, s.g, s.b), pxRange);
+        }
+}
+
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &sdf, double pxRange) {
+    int w = output.width(), h = output.height();
+    pxRange *= (w+h)/(sdf.width()+sdf.height());
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            FloatRGB s = sample(sdf, Point2((x+.5)/w, (y+.5)/h));
+            output(x, y).r = distVal(s.r, pxRange);
+            output(x, y).g = distVal(s.g, pxRange);
+            output(x, y).b = distVal(s.b, pxRange);
+        }
+}
+
+void simulate8bit(Bitmap<float> &bitmap) {
+    int w = bitmap.width(), h = bitmap.height();
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            unsigned char v = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y)*0x100), 0xff);
+            bitmap(x, y) = v/255.f;
+        }
+}
+
+void simulate8bit(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap) {
+    int w = bitmap.width(), h = bitmap.height();
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) {
+            unsigned char r = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).r*0x100), 0xff);
+            unsigned char g = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).g*0x100), 0xff);
+            unsigned char b = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).b*0x100), 0xff);
+            bitmap(x, y).r = r/255.f;
+            bitmap(x, y).g = g/255.f;
+            bitmap(x, y).b = b/255.f;
+        }
+}
+
+}

core/render-sdf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Vector2.h"
+#include "Bitmap.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Reconstructs the shape's appearance into output from the distance field sdf.
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Bitmap<float> &sdf, double pxRange = 0);
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Bitmap<float> &sdf, double pxRange = 0);
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &sdf, double pxRange = 0);
+void renderSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &sdf, double pxRange = 0);
+
+/// Snaps the values of the floating-point bitmaps into one of the 256 values representable in a standard 8-bit bitmap.
+void simulate8bit(Bitmap<float> &bitmap);
+void simulate8bit(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap);
+
+}

core/save-bmp.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+
+#include "save-bmp.h"
+
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+
+#include <cstdio>
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11
+    #include <cstdint>
+#else
+    typedef int int32_t;
+    typedef unsigned uint32_t;
+    typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#endif
+
+#include "arithmetics.hpp"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+template <typename T>
+static bool writeValue(FILE *file, T value) {
+    #ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+        T reverse = 0;
+        for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(T); ++i) {
+            reverse <<= 8;
+            reverse |= value&T(0xff);
+            value >>= 8;
+        }
+        return fwrite(&reverse, sizeof(T), 1, file) == 1;
+    #else
+        return fwrite(&value, sizeof(T), 1, file) == 1;
+    #endif
+}
+
+static bool writeBmpHeader(FILE *file, int width, int height, int &paddedWidth) {
+    paddedWidth = 3*width+3&~3;
+    const uint32_t bitmapStart = 54;
+    const uint32_t bitmapSize = paddedWidth*height;
+    const uint32_t fileSize = bitmapStart+bitmapSize;
+
+    writeValue<uint16_t>(file, 0x4d42u);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, fileSize);
+    writeValue<uint16_t>(file, 0);
+    writeValue<uint16_t>(file, 0);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, bitmapStart);
+
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 40);
+    writeValue<int32_t>(file, width);
+    writeValue<int32_t>(file, height);
+    writeValue<uint16_t>(file, 1);
+    writeValue<uint16_t>(file, 24);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 0);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, bitmapSize);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 2835);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 2835);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 0);
+    writeValue<uint32_t>(file, 0);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool saveBmp(const Bitmap<float> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
+    FILE *file = fopen(filename, "wb");
+    if (!file)
+        return false;
+
+    int paddedWidth;
+    writeBmpHeader(file, bitmap.width(), bitmap.height(), paddedWidth);
+
+    const uint8_t padding[4] = { };
+    for (int y = 0; y < bitmap.height(); ++y) {
+        for (int x = 0; x < bitmap.width(); ++x) {
+            uint8_t px = (uint8_t) clamp(int(bitmap(x, y)*0x100), 0xff);
+            fwrite(&px, sizeof(uint8_t), 1, file);
+            fwrite(&px, sizeof(uint8_t), 1, file);
+            fwrite(&px, sizeof(uint8_t), 1, file);
+        }
+        fwrite(padding, 1, paddedWidth-3*bitmap.width(), file);
+    }
+
+    return !fclose(file);
+}
+
+bool saveBmp(const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
+    FILE *file = fopen(filename, "wb");
+    if (!file)
+        return false;
+
+    int paddedWidth;
+    writeBmpHeader(file, bitmap.width(), bitmap.height(), paddedWidth);
+
+    const uint8_t padding[4] = { };
+    for (int y = 0; y < bitmap.height(); ++y) {
+        for (int x = 0; x < bitmap.width(); ++x) {
+            uint8_t bgr[3] = {
+                (uint8_t) clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).b*0x100), 0xff),
+                (uint8_t) clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).g*0x100), 0xff),
+                (uint8_t) clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).r*0x100), 0xff)
+            };
+            fwrite(bgr, sizeof(uint8_t), 3, file);
+        }
+        fwrite(padding, 1, paddedWidth-3*bitmap.width(), file);
+    }
+
+    return !fclose(file);
+}
+
+}

core/save-bmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Bitmap.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Saves the bitmap as a BMP file.
+bool saveBmp(const Bitmap<float> &bitmap, const char *filename);
+bool saveBmp(const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap, const char *filename);
+
+}

core/shape-description.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+
+#include "shape-description.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    #pragma warning(disable:4996)
+#endif
+
+int readCharF(FILE *input) {
+    int c = '\0';
+    do {
+        c = fgetc(input);
+    } while (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\r' || c == '\n');
+    return c;
+}
+
+int readCharS(const char **input) {
+    int c = '\0';
+    do {
+        c = *(*input)++;
+    } while (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\r' || c == '\n');
+    if (!c) {
+        --c;
+        return EOF;
+    }
+    return c;
+}
+
+int readCoordF(FILE *input, Point2 &coord) {
+    return fscanf(input, "%lf,%lf", &coord.x, &coord.y);
+}
+
+int readCoordS(const char **input, Point2 &coord) {
+    int read = 0;
+    int result = sscanf(*input, "%lf,%lf%n", &coord.x, &coord.y, &read);
+    *input += read;
+    return result;
+}
+
+static bool writeCoord(FILE *output, Point2 coord) {
+    fprintf(output, "%.12g, %.12g", coord.x, coord.y);
+    return true;
+}
+
+template <typename T, int (*readChar)(T *), int (*readCoord)(T *, Point2 &)>
+static int readControlPoints(T *input, Point2 *output) {
+    int result = readCoord(input, output[0]);
+    if (result == 2) {
+        switch (readChar(input)) {
+            case ')':
+                return 1;
+            case ';':
+                break;
+            default:
+                return -1;
+        }
+        result = readCoord(input, output[1]);
+        if (result == 2 && readChar(input) == ')')
+            return 2;
+    } else if (result != 1 && readChar(input) == ')')
+        return 0;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+template <typename T, int (*readChar)(T *), int (*readCoord)(T *, Point2 &)>
+static bool readContour(T *input, Contour &output, const Point2 *first, int terminator, bool &colorsSpecified) {
+    Point2 p[4], start;
+    if (first)
+        p[0] = *first;
+    else {
+        int result = readCoord(input, p[0]);
+        if (result != 2)
+            return result != 1 && readChar(input) == terminator;
+    }
+    start = p[0];
+    int c = '\0';
+    while ((c = readChar(input)) != terminator) {
+        if (c != ';')
+            return false;
+        bool parenthesis = false;
+        EdgeColor color = WHITE;
+        int result = readCoord(input, p[1]);
+        if (result == 2) {
+            output.addEdge(EdgeHolder(p[0], p[1], color));
+            p[0] = p[1];
+            continue;
+        } else if (result == 1)
+            return false;
+        else {
+            int controlPoints = 0;
+            switch ((c = readChar(input))) {
+                case '#':
+                    output.addEdge(EdgeHolder(p[0], start, color));
+                    p[0] = start;
+                    continue;
+                case ';':
+                    goto FINISH_EDGE;
+                case '(':
+                    goto READ_CONTROL_POINTS;
+                case 'C': case 'c':
+                    color = CYAN;
+                    colorsSpecified = true;
+                    break;
+                case 'M': case 'm':
+                    color = MAGENTA;
+                    colorsSpecified = true;
+                    break;
+                case 'Y': case 'y':
+                    color = YELLOW;
+                    colorsSpecified = true;
+                    break;
+                case 'W': case 'w':
+                    color = WHITE;
+                    colorsSpecified = true;
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    return c == terminator;
+            }
+            switch (readChar(input)) {
+                case ';':
+                    goto FINISH_EDGE;
+                case '(':
+                READ_CONTROL_POINTS:
+                    if ((controlPoints = readControlPoints<T, readChar, readCoord>(input, p+1)) < 0)
+                        return false;
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    return false;
+            }
+            if (readChar(input) != ';')
+                return false;
+        FINISH_EDGE:
+            result = readCoord(input, p[1+controlPoints]);
+            if (result != 2) {
+                if (result == 1)
+                    return false;
+                else {
+                    if (readChar(input) == '#')
+                        p[1+controlPoints] = start;
+                    else
+                        return false;
+                }
+            }
+            switch (controlPoints) {
+                case 0:
+                    output.addEdge(EdgeHolder(p[0], p[1], color));
+                    p[0] = p[1];
+                    continue;
+                case 1:
+                    output.addEdge(EdgeHolder(p[0], p[1], p[2], color));
+                    p[0] = p[2];
+                    continue;
+                case 2:
+                    output.addEdge(EdgeHolder(p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3], color));
+                    p[0] = p[3];
+                    continue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool readShapeDescription(FILE *input, Shape &output, bool *colorsSpecified) {
+    bool locColorsSpec = false;
+    output.contours.clear();
+    output.inverseYAxis = false;
+    Point2 p;
+    int result = readCoordF(input, p);
+    if (result == 2) {
+        return readContour<FILE, readCharF, readCoordF>(input, output.addContour(), &p, EOF, locColorsSpec);
+    } else if (result == 1)
+        return false;
+    else {
+        int c = readCharF(input);
+        if (c == '@') {
+            char after = '\0';
+            if (fscanf(input, "invert-y%c", &after) != 1)
+                return feof(input) != 0;
+            output.inverseYAxis = true;
+            c = after;
+            if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\r' || c == '\n')
+                c = readCharF(input);
+        }
+        for (; c == '{'; c = readCharF(input))
+            if (!readContour<FILE, readCharF, readCoordF>(input, output.addContour(), NULL, '}', locColorsSpec))
+                return false;
+        if (colorsSpecified)
+            *colorsSpecified = locColorsSpec;
+        return c == EOF && feof(input);
+    }
+}
+
+bool readShapeDescription(const char *input, Shape &output, bool *colorsSpecified) {
+    bool locColorsSpec = false;
+    output.contours.clear();
+    output.inverseYAxis = false;
+    Point2 p;
+    int result = readCoordS(&input, p);
+    if (result == 2) {
+        return readContour<const char *, readCharS, readCoordS>(&input, output.addContour(), &p, EOF, locColorsSpec);
+    } else if (result == 1)
+        return false;
+    else {
+        int c = readCharS(&input);
+        if (c == '@') {
+            for (int i = 0; i < sizeof("invert-y")-1; ++i)
+                if (input[i] != "invert-y"[i])
+                    return false;
+            output.inverseYAxis = true;
+            input += sizeof("invert-y")-1;
+            c = readCharS(&input);
+        }
+        for (; c == '{'; c = readCharS(&input))
+            if (!readContour<const char *, readCharS, readCoordS>(&input, output.addContour(), NULL, '}', locColorsSpec))
+                return false;
+        if (colorsSpecified)
+            *colorsSpecified = locColorsSpec;
+        return c == EOF;
+    }
+}
+
+bool writeShapeDescription(FILE *output, const Shape &shape) {
+    if (!shape.validate())
+        return false;
+    if (shape.inverseYAxis)
+        fprintf(output, "@invert-y\n");
+    for (std::vector<Contour>::const_iterator contour = shape.contours.begin(); contour != shape.contours.end(); ++contour) {
+        fprintf(output, "{\n");
+        if (!contour->edges.empty()) {
+            for (std::vector<EdgeHolder>::const_iterator edge = contour->edges.begin(); edge != contour->edges.end(); ++edge) {
+                char colorCode = '\0';
+                switch ((*edge)->color) {
+                    case YELLOW: colorCode = 'y'; break;
+                    case MAGENTA: colorCode = 'm'; break;
+                    case CYAN: colorCode = 'c'; break;
+                    case WHITE: colorCode = 'w'; break;
+                }
+                {
+                    const LinearSegment *e = dynamic_cast<const LinearSegment *>(&**edge);
+                    if (e) {
+                        fprintf(output, "\t");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[0]);
+                        fprintf(output, ";\n");
+                        if (colorCode)
+                            fprintf(output, "\t\t%c;\n", colorCode);
+                    }
+                }
+                {
+                    const QuadraticSegment *e = dynamic_cast<const QuadraticSegment *>(&**edge);
+                    if (e) {
+                        fprintf(output, "\t");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[0]);
+                        fprintf(output, ";\n\t\t");
+                        if (colorCode)
+                            fprintf(output, "%c", colorCode);
+                        fprintf(output, "(");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[1]);
+                        fprintf(output, ");\n");
+                    }
+                }
+                {
+                    const CubicSegment *e = dynamic_cast<const CubicSegment *>(&**edge);
+                    if (e) {
+                        fprintf(output, "\t");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[0]);
+                        fprintf(output, ";\n\t\t");
+                        if (colorCode)
+                            fprintf(output, "%c", colorCode);
+                        fprintf(output, "(");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[1]);
+                        fprintf(output, "; ");
+                        writeCoord(output, e->p[2]);
+                        fprintf(output, ");\n");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            fprintf(output, "\t#\n");
+        }
+        fprintf(output, "}\n");
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+}

core/shape-description.h

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstdio>
+#include "Shape.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Deserializes a text description of a vector shape into output.
+bool readShapeDescription(FILE *input, Shape &output, bool *colorsSpecified = NULL);
+bool readShapeDescription(const char *input, Shape &output, bool *colorsSpecified = NULL);
+/// Serializes a shape object into a text description.
+bool writeShapeDescription(FILE *output, const Shape &shape);
+
+}

example.bat

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+msdfgen.exe -defineshape "{ 1471,0; 1149,0; 1021,333; 435,333; 314,0; 0,0; 571,1466; 884,1466; # }{ 926,580; 724,1124; 526,580; # }" -size 16 16 -autoframe -testrender render.png 1024 1024

ext/import-font.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+
+#include "import-font.h"
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <queue>
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    #pragma comment(lib, "freetype.lib")
+#endif
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+#define REQUIRE(cond) { if (!(cond)) return false; }
+
+class FreetypeHandle {
+    friend FreetypeHandle * initializeFreetype();
+    friend void deinitializeFreetype(FreetypeHandle *library);
+    friend FontHandle * loadFont(FreetypeHandle *library, const char *filename);
+
+    FT_Library library;
+
+};
+
+class FontHandle {
+    friend FontHandle * loadFont(FreetypeHandle *library, const char *filename);
+    friend void destroyFont(FontHandle *font);
+    friend bool getFontScale(double &output, FontHandle *font);
+    friend bool getFontWhitespaceWidth(double &spaceAdvance, double &tabAdvance, FontHandle *font);
+    friend bool loadGlyph(Shape &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode, double *advance);
+    friend bool getKerning(double &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode1, int unicode2);
+
+    FT_Face face;
+
+};
+
+FreetypeHandle * initializeFreetype() {
+    FreetypeHandle *handle = new FreetypeHandle;
+    FT_Error error = FT_Init_FreeType(&handle->library);
+    if (error) {
+        delete handle;
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return handle;
+}
+
+void deinitializeFreetype(FreetypeHandle *library) {
+    FT_Done_FreeType(library->library);
+    delete library;
+}
+
+FontHandle * loadFont(FreetypeHandle *library, const char *filename) {
+    if (!library)
+        return NULL;
+    FontHandle *handle = new FontHandle;
+    FT_Error error = FT_New_Face(library->library, filename, 0, &handle->face);
+    if (error) {
+        delete handle;
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return handle;
+}
+
+void destroyFont(FontHandle *font) {
+    FT_Done_Face(font->face);
+    delete font;
+}
+
+bool getFontScale(double &output, FontHandle *font) {
+    output = font->face->units_per_EM/64.;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool getFontWhitespaceWidth(double &spaceAdvance, double &tabAdvance, FontHandle *font) {
+    FT_Error error = FT_Load_Char(font->face, ' ', FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE);
+    if (error)
+        return false;
+    spaceAdvance = font->face->glyph->advance.x/64.;
+    error = FT_Load_Char(font->face, '\t', FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE);
+    if (error)
+        return false;
+    tabAdvance = font->face->glyph->advance.x/64.;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool loadGlyph(Shape &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode, double *advance) {
+    enum PointType {
+        NONE = 0,
+        PATH_POINT,
+        QUADRATIC_POINT,
+        CUBIC_POINT,
+        CUBIC_POINT2
+    };
+
+    if (!font)
+        return NULL;
+    FT_Error error = FT_Load_Char(font->face, unicode, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE);
+    if (error)
+        return NULL;
+    output.contours.clear();
+    output.inverseYAxis = false;
+    if (advance)
+        *advance = font->face->glyph->advance.x/64.;
+
+    int last = -1;
+    // For each contour
+    for (int i = 0; i < font->face->glyph->outline.n_contours; ++i) {
+
+        Contour &contour = output.addContour();
+        int first = last+1;
+        last = font->face->glyph->outline.contours[i];
+
+        PointType state = NONE;
+        Point2 startPoint;
+        Point2 controlPoint[2];
+
+        // For each point on the contour
+        for (int round = 0, index = first; round == 0; ++index) {
+            // Close contour
+            if (index > last) {
+                index = first;
+                round++;
+            }
+
+            Point2 point(font->face->glyph->outline.points[index].x/64., font->face->glyph->outline.points[index].y/64.);
+            PointType pointType = font->face->glyph->outline.tags[index]&1 ? PATH_POINT : font->face->glyph->outline.tags[index]&2 ? CUBIC_POINT : QUADRATIC_POINT;
+
+            switch (state) {
+                case NONE:
+                    REQUIRE(pointType == PATH_POINT);
+                    startPoint = point;
+                    state = PATH_POINT;
+                    break;
+                case PATH_POINT:
+                    if (pointType == PATH_POINT) {
+                        contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(startPoint, point));
+                        startPoint = point;
+                    } else {
+                        controlPoint[0] = point;
+                        state = pointType;
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case QUADRATIC_POINT:
+                    REQUIRE(pointType != CUBIC_POINT);
+                    if (pointType == PATH_POINT) {
+                        contour.addEdge(new QuadraticSegment(startPoint, controlPoint[0], point));
+                        startPoint = point;
+                        state = PATH_POINT;
+                    } else {
+                        Point2 midPoint = .5*controlPoint[0]+.5*point;
+                        contour.addEdge(new QuadraticSegment(startPoint, controlPoint[0], midPoint));
+                        startPoint = midPoint;
+                        controlPoint[0] = point;
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case CUBIC_POINT:
+                    REQUIRE(pointType == CUBIC_POINT);
+                    controlPoint[1] = point;
+                    state = CUBIC_POINT2;
+                    break;
+                case CUBIC_POINT2:
+                    REQUIRE(pointType != QUADRATIC_POINT);
+                    if (pointType == PATH_POINT) {
+                        contour.addEdge(new CubicSegment(startPoint, controlPoint[0], controlPoint[1], point));
+                        startPoint = point;
+                    } else {
+                        Point2 midPoint = .5*controlPoint[1]+.5*point;
+                        contour.addEdge(new CubicSegment(startPoint, controlPoint[0], controlPoint[1], midPoint));
+                        startPoint = midPoint;
+                        controlPoint[0] = point;
+                    }
+                    state = pointType;
+                    break;
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool getKerning(double &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode1, int unicode2) {
+    FT_Vector kerning;
+    if (FT_Get_Kerning(font->face, FT_Get_Char_Index(font->face, unicode1), FT_Get_Char_Index(font->face, unicode2), FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, &kerning)) {
+        output = 0;
+        return false;
+    }
+    output = kerning.x/64.;
+    return true;
+}
+
+}

ext/import-font.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include "../core/Shape.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+class FreetypeHandle;
+class FontHandle;
+
+/// Initializes the FreeType library
+FreetypeHandle * initializeFreetype();
+/// Deinitializes the FreeType library
+void deinitializeFreetype(FreetypeHandle *library);
+/// Loads a font file and returns its handle
+FontHandle * loadFont(FreetypeHandle *library, const char *filename);
+/// Unloads a font file
+void destroyFont(FontHandle *font);
+/// Returns the size of one EM in the font's coordinate system
+bool getFontScale(double &output, FontHandle *font);
+/// Returns the width of space and tab
+bool getFontWhitespaceWidth(double &spaceAdvance, double &tabAdvance, FontHandle *font);
+/// Loads the shape prototype of a glyph from font file
+bool loadGlyph(Shape &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode, double *advance = NULL);
+/// Returns the kerning distance adjustment between two specific glyphs.
+bool getKerning(double &output, FontHandle *font, int unicode1, int unicode2);
+
+}

ext/import-svg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+#include "import-svg.h"
+
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <tinyxml2.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    #pragma warning(disable:4996)
+#endif
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+#define REQUIRE(cond) { if (!(cond)) return false; }
+
+static bool readNodeType(char &output, const char *&pathDef) {
+    int shift;
+    char nodeType;
+    if (sscanf(pathDef, " %c%n", &nodeType, &shift) == 1 && nodeType != '+' && nodeType != '-' && nodeType != '.' && nodeType != ',' && (nodeType < '0' || nodeType > '9')) {
+        pathDef += shift;
+        output = nodeType;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool readCoord(Point2 &output, const char *&pathDef) {
+    int shift;
+    double x, y;
+    if (sscanf(pathDef, "%lf%lf%n", &x, &y, &shift) == 2) {
+        output.x = x;
+        output.y = y;
+        pathDef += shift;
+        return true;
+    }
+    if (sscanf(pathDef, "%lf,%lf%n", &x, &y, &shift) == 2) {
+        output.x = x;
+        output.y = y;
+        pathDef += shift;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool readDouble(double &output, const char *&pathDef) {
+    int shift;
+    double v;
+    if (sscanf(pathDef, "%lf%n", &v, &shift) == 1) {
+        pathDef += shift;
+        output = v;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool buildFromPath(Shape &shape, const char *pathDef) {
+    char nodeType;
+    Point2 prevNode(0, 0);
+    while (readNodeType(nodeType, pathDef)) {
+        Contour &contour = shape.addContour();
+        bool contourStart = true;
+
+        Point2 startPoint;
+        Point2 controlPoint[2];
+        Point2 node;
+
+        while (true) {
+            switch (nodeType) {
+                case 'M':
+                    REQUIRE(contourStart);
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    startPoint = node;
+                    nodeType = 'L';
+                    break;
+                case 'm':
+                    REQUIRE(contourStart);
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    node += prevNode;
+                    startPoint = node;
+                    nodeType = 'l';
+                    break;
+                case 'Z':
+                case 'z':
+                    if (prevNode != startPoint)
+                        contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, startPoint));
+                    goto NEXT_CONTOUR;
+                case 'L':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'l':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    node += prevNode;
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'H':
+                    REQUIRE(readDouble(node.x, pathDef));
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'h':
+                    REQUIRE(readDouble(node.x, pathDef));
+                    node.x += prevNode.x;
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'V':
+                    REQUIRE(readDouble(node.y, pathDef));
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'v':
+                    REQUIRE(readDouble(node.y, pathDef));
+                    node.y += prevNode.y;
+                    contour.addEdge(new LinearSegment(prevNode, node));
+                    break;
+                case 'Q':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[0], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    contour.addEdge(new QuadraticSegment(prevNode, controlPoint[0], node));
+                    break;
+                case 'q':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[0], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    controlPoint[0] += prevNode;
+                    node += prevNode;
+                    contour.addEdge(new QuadraticSegment(prevNode, controlPoint[0], node));
+                    break;
+                // TODO T, t
+                case 'C':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[0], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[1], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    contour.addEdge(new CubicSegment(prevNode, controlPoint[0], controlPoint[1], node));
+                    break;
+                case 'c':
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[0], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(controlPoint[1], pathDef));
+                    REQUIRE(readCoord(node, pathDef));
+                    controlPoint[0] += prevNode;
+                    controlPoint[1] += prevNode;
+                    node += prevNode;
+                    contour.addEdge(new CubicSegment(prevNode, controlPoint[0], controlPoint[1], node));
+                    break;
+                // TODO S, s
+                // TODO A, a
+                default:
+                    REQUIRE(false);
+            }
+            contourStart &= nodeType == 'M' || nodeType == 'm';
+            prevNode = node;
+            readNodeType(nodeType, pathDef);
+        }
+    NEXT_CONTOUR:;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool loadSvgShape(Shape &output, const char *filename, Vector2 *dimensions) {
+    tinyxml2::XMLDocument doc;
+    if (doc.LoadFile(filename))
+        return false;
+    tinyxml2::XMLElement *root = doc.FirstChildElement("svg");
+    if (!root)
+        return false;
+
+    tinyxml2::XMLElement *path = root->FirstChildElement("path");
+    if (!path) {
+        tinyxml2::XMLElement *g = root->FirstChildElement("g");
+        if (g)
+            path = g->FirstChildElement("path");
+    }
+    if (!path)
+        return false;
+    const char *pd = path->Attribute("d");
+    if (!pd)
+        return false;
+
+    output.contours.clear();
+    output.inverseYAxis = true;
+    if (dimensions) {
+        dimensions->x = root->DoubleAttribute("width");
+        dimensions->y = root->DoubleAttribute("height");
+    }
+    return buildFromPath(output, pd);
+}
+
+}

ext/import-svg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include "../core/Shape.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Reads the first path found in the specified SVG file and stores it as a Shape in output.
+bool loadSvgShape(Shape &output, const char *filename, Vector2 *dimensions = NULL);
+
+}

ext/save-png.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+
+#include "save-png.h"
+
+#include "../core/arithmetics.hpp"
+#include <lodepng.h>
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+bool savePng(const Bitmap<float> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
+    std::vector<unsigned char> pixels(bitmap.width()*bitmap.height());
+    std::vector<unsigned char>::iterator it = pixels.begin();
+    for (int y = bitmap.height()-1; y >= 0; --y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < bitmap.width(); ++x)
+            *it++ = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y)*0x100), 0xff);
+    return !lodepng::encode(filename, pixels, bitmap.width(), bitmap.height(), LCT_GREY);
+}
+
+bool savePng(const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
+    std::vector<unsigned char> pixels(3*bitmap.width()*bitmap.height());
+    std::vector<unsigned char>::iterator it = pixels.begin();
+    for (int y = bitmap.height()-1; y >= 0; --y)
+        for (int x = 0; x < bitmap.width(); ++x) {
+            *it++ = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).r*0x100), 0xff);
+            *it++ = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).g*0x100), 0xff);
+            *it++ = clamp(int(bitmap(x, y).b*0x100), 0xff);
+        }
+    return !lodepng::encode(filename, pixels, bitmap.width(), bitmap.height(), LCT_RGB);
+}
+
+}

ext/save-png.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "../core/Bitmap.h"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Saves the bitmap as a PNG file.
+bool savePng(const Bitmap<float> &bitmap, const char *filename);
+bool savePng(const Bitmap<FloatRGB> &bitmap, const char *filename);
+
+}

include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/* ftconfig.h.  Generated from ftconfig.in by configure.  */
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
+  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
+  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
+  /* compiler.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
+  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and        */
+  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
+  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
+  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
+  /* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT 4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
+
+
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  SIZEOF_LONG
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
+
+  /* Preferred alignment of data */
+#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
+
+
+  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
+  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
+  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
+  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Mac support                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
+  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
+    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
+  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
+#else
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
+#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
+#pragma set woff 3505
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IntN types                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+  typedef int            FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+  typedef long           FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+  /* Autoconf                                                          */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
+
+  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
+
+  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
+  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable their use if          */
+  /* __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by             */
+  /* defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+  /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode.  */
+  /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
+  /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to   */
+  /* replace the leading `/' with `#'.                            */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
+  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
+  /*                                                                 */
+
+  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
+  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
+  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
+  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
+  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/config/ftheader.h

@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftheader.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
+#define __FT_HEADER_H__
+
+
+  /*@***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_BEGIN_HEADER                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header    */
+  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
+  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
+  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  extern "C" {
+#else
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+  /*@***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_END_HEADER                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header  */
+  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
+  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
+  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_END_HEADER  }
+#else
+#define FT_END_HEADER  /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    header_file_macros                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Header File Macros                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Macro definitions used to #include specific header files.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following macros are defined to the name of specific           */
+  /*    FreeType 2 header files.  They can be used directly in #include    */
+  /*    statements as in:                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           */
+  /*      #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   */
+  /*      #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name      */
+  /*    public header files.  The first one is that such macros are not    */
+  /*    limited to the infamous 8.3 naming rule required by DOS (and       */
+  /*    `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h').   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the    */
+  /*    way FreeType 2 is installed on a given system.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* configuration files */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType 2 configuration data.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType 2 interface to the standard C library functions.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType 2 project-specific configuration options.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType 2 modules that are statically linked to new library
+   *   instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /* public headers */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_FREETYPE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   base FreeType 2 API.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ERRORS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType 2 error codes (and messages).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType 2 module error offsets (and messages).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SYSTEM_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
+   *   and stream i/o).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IMAGE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
+   *   definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
+   *   scan-converter parameters).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TYPES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   basic data types defined by FreeType 2.
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LIST_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list management API of FreeType 2.
+   *
+   *   (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_OUTLINE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   scalable outline management API of FreeType 2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SIZES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MODULE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   module management API of FreeType 2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_RENDER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   renderer module management API of FreeType 2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   types and API specific to the Type 1 format.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
+   *   etc.  This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
+   *   definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
+   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BDF_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
+   *   face.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GZIP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LZW_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_WINFONTS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GLYPH_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional glyph management component.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BITMAP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BBOX_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `glyph image' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements.  You can also
+   *   use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
+   *   store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   glyph image-related cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
+   *   memory-efficient way.  You can also use the API defined in
+   *   @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
+   *   including scalable outlines.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `charmap' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   charmap-based cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MAC_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   Macintosh-specific FreeType 2 API.  The latter is used to access
+   *   fonts embedded in resource forks.
+   *
+   *   This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
+   *   compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType 2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType 2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
+   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType 2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
+   *   GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType 2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
+   *   mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_PFR_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_STROKER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
+   */
+#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
+   */
+#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_XFREE86_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
+   *   X.Org X11 servers.
+   */
+#define FT_XFREE86_H  <freetype/ftxf86.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
+   *   cosines and arc tangents).
+   */
+#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+   */
+#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GASP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType 2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
+   */
+#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>
+
+
+  /* */
+
+#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H  <freetype/fterrdef.h>
+
+
+  /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed.  We */
+  /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
+  /* no rogue client that uses them.                                  */
+  /*                                                                  */
+#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H           <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H      <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H          <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+  /*
+   * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
+   * only when building the library.
+   */
+#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#define  FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H  <freetype/internal/internal.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
+#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
+
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* This is a generated file. */
+FT_USE_MODULE(tt_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(t1_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(cff_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(t1cid_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(pfr_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(t42_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(winfnt_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(pcf_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(bdf_driver_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(sfnt_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(autofit_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(pshinter_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(ft_raster1_renderer_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_renderer_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(gxv_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(otv_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(psaux_module_class)
+FT_USE_MODULE(psnames_module_class)
+/* EOF */

include/freetype/config/ftoption.h

@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoption.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
+  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
+  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
+  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
+  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
+  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
+  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
+  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
+  /*    directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change  */
+  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
+  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
+  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <myftoptions.h>                     */
+  /*      #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
+  /*    definitions.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
+  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
+  /*    default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering  */
+  /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
+  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its             */
+  /* _implementation_.  For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+  /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times larger than  */
+  /* the original size; the difference will be that each triplet of        */
+  /* subpixels has R=G=B.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing     */
+  /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
+  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
+  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
+  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
+  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
+  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
+  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
+  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
+  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
+  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
+  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
+  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
+  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
+  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
+  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
+  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
+  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
+  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DLL export compilation                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a     */
+  /*   special keyword in front OR after the return type of function       */
+  /*   declarations.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
+  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
+  /*         {                                                             */
+  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
+  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
+  /*         }                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
+  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.  If you leave them undefined, they  */
+  /*   will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to      */
+  /*   allow normal compilation.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define  FT_EXPORT(x)       extern x */
+/* #define  FT_EXPORT_DEF(x)   x */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define __DLL_IMPORT__  __declspec(dllimport)
+# define __DLL_EXPORT__  __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define __DLL_IMPORT__  __attribute__((dllimport)) extern
+# define __DLL_EXPORT__  __attribute__((dllexport)) extern
+#endif 
+
+#if (defined __WIN32__) || (defined _WIN32)
+# ifdef BUILD_FREETYPE2_DLL
+#  define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP     __DLL_EXPORT__
+# elif defined(FREETYPE2_STATIC)
+#  define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP      
+# elif defined (USE_FREETYPE2_DLL)
+#  define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP     __DLL_IMPORT__
+# elif defined (USE_FREETYPE2_STATIC)
+#  define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP      
+# else /* assume USE_FREETYPE2_DLL */
+#  define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP     __DLL_IMPORT__
+# endif
+#else /* __WIN32__ */
+# define FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP  
+#endif
+ 
+#define FT_EXPORT(x)    FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP x
+#define FT_BASE(x)      FREETYPE2_DLL_IMPEXP x
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `PSNames' module.  This */
+  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
+  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
+  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `PSNames' compiled in your   */
+  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
+  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
+  /*     `post' table.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthetize a Unicode        */
+  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
+  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
+  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
+  /*   synthetize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
+  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
+  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
+  /*   able to synthetize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+  /*   fonts.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
+  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
+  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
+  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
+  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
+  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
+  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
+  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
+  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
+  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
+  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
+  /* This allows FreeType to be used with the PostScript language, using   */
+  /* the GhostScript interpreter.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
+  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize     */
+  /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary        */
+  /* allocation of the render pool.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
+  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Debug level                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
+  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
+  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
+  /*   execution.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
+  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
+  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
+  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
+  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Module errors                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
+  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
+  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
+  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
+  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
+  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
+  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
+  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
+  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
+  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
+  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
+  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
+  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
+  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
+  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
+  /* `freetype/ftnames.h'.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
+  /*   supported.                                                          */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
+  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.  Note that there are   */
+  /* important patent issues related to the use of the interpreter.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
+  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
+  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version  */
+  /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement   */
+  /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms.  Note that the            */
+  /* the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* if you     */
+  /* define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; with other words,       */
+  /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or                */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly    */
+  /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly   */
+  /* load glyphs.  For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results,  */
+  /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from     */
+  /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user    */
+  /*     through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag         */
+  /*     when opening the FT_Face.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the       */
+  /*     `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about.  The font engine  */
+  /*     contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching       */
+  /*     parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file                   */
+  /*     `src/truetype/ttobjs.c').                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   {                                                                   */
+  /*     FT_Parameter  parameter;                                          */
+  /*     FT_Open_Args  open_args;                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING;                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;         */
+  /*     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;                          */
+  /*     open_args.num_params = 1;                                         */
+  /*     open_args.params     = &parameter;                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );        */
+  /*     ...                                                               */
+  /*   }                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType    */
+  /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+  /* table.  This results in smaller and faster code for a number of       */
+  /* architectures.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+  /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
+  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
+  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
+  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
+  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
+  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
+  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
+  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html          */
+  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
+  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
+  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
+  /* Masters support.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
+  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and       */
+  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
+  /* required.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
+  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
+  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
+  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
+  /* driver.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with CJK script support.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*
+   * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+   * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2.  This also compiles in
+   * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+   * distributions.
+   *
+   * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+   * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+   * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+   */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*
+   * This variable is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+   * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+   */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstdlib.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification   */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that   */
+  /* FreeType normally requires.  It also defines macros to rename the     */
+  /* standard functions within the FreeType source code.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override  */
+  /* it.                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
+#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
+
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define ft_ptrdiff_t  ptrdiff_t
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                           integer limits                           */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size  */
+  /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time.  So far, this works  */
+  /* for all platforms the library has been tested on.                  */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide      */
+  /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some    */
+  /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee    */
+  /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts.                 */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a   */
+  /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.     */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* IMPORTANT NOTE: We do not define aliases for heap management and   */
+  /*                 i/o routines (i.e. malloc/free/fopen/fread/...)    */
+  /*                 since these functions should all be encapsulated   */
+  /*                 by platform-specific implementations of            */
+  /*                 `ftsystem.c'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT   CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_INT_MAX    INT_MAX
+#define FT_UINT_MAX   UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                 character and string processing                    */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ft_memchr   memchr
+#define ft_memcmp   memcmp
+#define ft_memcpy   memcpy
+#define ft_memmove  memmove
+#define ft_memset   memset
+#define ft_strcat   strcat
+#define ft_strcmp   strcmp
+#define ft_strcpy   strcpy
+#define ft_strlen   strlen
+#define ft_strncmp  strncmp
+#define ft_strncpy  strncpy
+#define ft_strrchr  strrchr
+#define ft_strstr   strstr
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                           file handling                            */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define FT_FILE     FILE
+#define ft_fclose   fclose
+#define ft_fopen    fopen
+#define ft_fread    fread
+#define ft_fseek    fseek
+#define ft_ftell    ftell
+#define ft_sprintf  sprintf
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                             sorting                                */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ft_qsort  qsort
+
+#define ft_exit   exit    /* only used to exit from unhandled exceptions */
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                        memory allocation                           */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_scalloc   calloc
+#define ft_sfree     free
+#define ft_smalloc   malloc
+#define ft_srealloc  realloc
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                          miscellaneous                             */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_atol   atol
+#define ft_labs   labs
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                         execution control                          */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+#define ft_jmp_buf     jmp_buf  /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
+                                /*       jmp_buf is defined as a macro  */
+                                /*       on certain platforms           */
+
+#define ft_longjmp     longjmp
+#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(jmp_buf*) &(b) )    /* same thing here */
+
+
+  /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
+  /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined    */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftbbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbbox.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+  /* boxes.                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical     */
+  /* reasons.  It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
+#define __FTBBOX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Computes the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower     */
+  /*    than computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced      */
+  /*    algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes          */
+  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are walked over to   */
+  /*    extract their extrema.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    abbox   :: The outline's exact bounding box.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox     *abbox );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */

include/freetype/ftbdf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbdf.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
+#define __FTBDF_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    bdf_fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    BDF Files                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    BDF specific API.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of BDF specific functions.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_PropertyType
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of BDF property types.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
+  *      Value 0 is used to indicate a missing property.
+  *
+  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
+  *      Property is a string atom.
+  *
+  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
+  *      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
+  *
+  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
+  *      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
+  */
+  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
+  {
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+  } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *    BDF_Property
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
+  *    BDF/PCF property.
+  */
+  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @struct:
+  *    BDF_PropertyRec
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
+  *
+  * @fields:
+  *    type ::
+  *      The property type.
+  *
+  *    u.atom ::
+  *      The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
+  *
+  *    u.integer ::
+  *      A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
+  *
+  *    u.cardinal ::
+  *      An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
+  */
+  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
+  {
+    BDF_PropertyType  type;
+    union {
+      const char*     atom;
+      FT_Int32        integer;
+      FT_UInt32       cardinal;
+
+    } u;
+
+  } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieves a BDF font character set identity, according to
+  *    the BDF specification.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    acharset_encoding ::
+  *       Charset encoding, as a C string, owned by the face.
+  *
+  *    acharset_registry ::
+  *       Charset registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
+                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                         const char*  *acharset_registry );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_BDF_Property
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieves a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    name :: The property name.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aproperty :: The property.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts.  It returns an error
+  *   otherwise.  It also returns an error if the property is not in the
+  *   font.
+  *
+  *   In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
+  *   @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
+                       const char*       prop_name,
+                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftbitmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbitmap.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility functions for converting 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, and 8bpp */
+/*    bitmaps into 8bpp format (specification).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
+#define __FTBITMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    bitmap_handling                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Bitmap Handling                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Handling FT_Bitmap objects.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_New                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Copy                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Copies an bitmap into another one.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source  :: A handle to the source bitmap.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target  :: A handle to the target bitmap.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
+                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                  FT_Bitmap        *target);
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Embolden                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Embolden a bitmap.  The new bitmap will be about `xStrength'       */
+  /*    pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher.  The left and bottom   */
+  /*    borders are kept unchanged.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally.      */
+  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically.        */
+  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    bitmap    :: A handle to the target bitmap.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than   */
+  /*    or equal to 8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec,    */
+  /*    you should call `FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap' on the slot first.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
+                      FT_Pos      yStrength );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Convert                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a  */
+  /*    bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
+  /*    line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source    :: The source bitmap.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this         */
+  /*                 parameter.  Common values are 1, 2, or 4.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target    :: The target bitmap.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without   */
+  /*    calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
+  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
+                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
+                     FT_Int            alignment );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Done                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap  :: The bitmap object to be freed.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
+  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
+                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftchapters.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.              */
+/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files.         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    general_remarks                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    General Remarks                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    user_allocation                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    core_api                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Core API                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    version                                                              */
+/*    basic_types                                                          */
+/*    base_interface                                                       */
+/*    glyph_management                                                     */
+/*    mac_specific                                                         */
+/*    sizes_management                                                     */
+/*    header_file_macros                                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    format_specific                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Format-Specific API                                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    multiple_masters                                                     */
+/*    truetype_tables                                                      */
+/*    type1_tables                                                         */
+/*    sfnt_names                                                           */
+/*    bdf_fonts                                                            */
+/*    pfr_fonts                                                            */
+/*    winfnt_fonts                                                         */
+/*    font_formats                                                         */
+/*    gasp_table                                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Cache Sub-System                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    support_api                                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Support API                                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    computations                                                         */
+/*    list_processing                                                      */
+/*    outline_processing                                                   */
+/*    bitmap_handling                                                      */
+/*    raster                                                               */
+/*    glyph_stroker                                                        */
+/*    system_interface                                                     */
+/*    module_management                                                    */
+/*    gzip                                                                 */
+/*    lzw                                                                  */
+/*    lcd_filtering                                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/

include/freetype/fterrdef.h

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fterrdef.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType error codes (specification).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES             *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
+  /* including this file.                                           */
+
+
+  /* generic errors */
+
+  FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok,                                        0x00, \
+                  "no error" )
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource,                        0x01, \
+                "cannot open resource" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format,                         0x02, \
+                "unknown file format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format,                         0x03, \
+                "broken file" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version,                             0x04, \
+                "invalid FreeType version" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version,                        0x05, \
+                "module version is too low" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument,                            0x06, \
+                "invalid argument" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature,                       0x07, \
+                "unimplemented feature" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table,                               0x08, \
+                "broken table" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset,                              0x09, \
+                "broken offset within table" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large,                             0x0A, \
+                "array allocation size too large" )
+
+  /* glyph/character errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index,                         0x10, \
+                "invalid glyph index" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code,                      0x11, \
+                "invalid character code" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format,                        0x12, \
+                "unsupported glyph image format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph,                         0x13, \
+                "cannot render this glyph format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline,                             0x14, \
+                "invalid outline" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite,                           0x15, \
+                "invalid composite glyph" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints,                              0x16, \
+                "too many hints" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size,                          0x17, \
+                "invalid pixel size" )
+
+  /* handle errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle,                              0x20, \
+                "invalid object handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle,                      0x21, \
+                "invalid library handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle,                       0x22, \
+                "invalid module handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle,                         0x23, \
+                "invalid face handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle,                         0x24, \
+                "invalid size handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle,                         0x25, \
+                "invalid glyph slot handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle,                      0x26, \
+                "invalid charmap handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle,                        0x27, \
+                "invalid cache manager handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle,                       0x28, \
+                "invalid stream handle" )
+
+  /* driver errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers,                            0x30, \
+                "too many modules" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions,                         0x31, \
+                "too many extensions" )
+
+  /* memory errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory,                               0x40, \
+                "out of memory" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object,                             0x41, \
+                "unlisted object" )
+
+  /* stream errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream,                          0x51, \
+                "cannot open stream" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek,                         0x52, \
+                "invalid stream seek" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip,                         0x53, \
+                "invalid stream skip" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read,                         0x54, \
+                "invalid stream read" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation,                    0x55, \
+                "invalid stream operation" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation,                     0x56, \
+                "invalid frame operation" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access,                         0x57, \
+                "nested frame access" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read,                          0x58, \
+                "invalid frame read" )
+
+  /* raster errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized,                        0x60, \
+                "raster uninitialized" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted,                            0x61, \
+                "raster corrupted" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow,                             0x62, \
+                "raster overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height,                      0x63, \
+                "negative height while rastering" )
+
+  /* cache errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches,                             0x70, \
+                "too many registered caches" )
+
+  /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode,                              0x80, \
+                "invalid opcode" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments,                           0x81, \
+                "too few arguments" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow,                              0x82, \
+                "stack overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow,                               0x83, \
+                "code overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument,                                0x84, \
+                "bad argument" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero,                              0x85, \
+                "division by zero" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference,                           0x86, \
+                "invalid reference" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode,                                0x87, \
+                "found debug opcode" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream,                         0x88, \
+                "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS,                                 0x89, \
+                "nested DEFS" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange,                           0x8A, \
+                "invalid code range" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long,                          0x8B, \
+                "execution context too long" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs,                      0x8C, \
+                "too many function definitions" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs,                   0x8D, \
+                "too many instruction definitions" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing,                               0x8E, \
+                "SFNT font table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing,                        0x8F, \
+                "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing,                           0x90, \
+                "locations (loca) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing,                          0x91, \
+                "name table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing,                          0x92, \
+                "character map (cmap) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing,                          0x93, \
+                "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing,                          0x94, \
+                "PostScript (post) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics,                       0x95, \
+                "invalid horizontal metrics" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format,                      0x96, \
+                "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem,                                0x97, \
+                "invalid ppem value" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics,                        0x98, \
+                "invalid vertical metrics" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context,                      0x99, \
+                "could not find context" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format,                   0x9A, \
+                "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table,                          0x9B, \
+                "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
+
+  /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error,                                0xA0, \
+                "opcode syntax error" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow,                             0xA1, \
+                "argument stack underflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore,                                      0xA2, \
+                "ignore" )
+
+  /* BDF errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field,                     0xB0, \
+                "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field,                          0xB1, \
+                "`FONT' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field,                          0xB2, \
+                "`SIZE' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field,                         0xB3, \
+                "`CHARS' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field,                     0xB4, \
+                "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field,                      0xB5, \
+                "`ENCODING' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field,                           0xB6, \
+                "`BBX' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big,                                 0xB7, \
+                "`BBX' too big" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header,                       0xB8, \
+                "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs,                       0xB9, \
+                "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/fterrors.h

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fterrors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType error code handling (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2        */
+  /* enumeration constants.  It can also be used to generate error message */
+  /* strings with a small macro trick explained below.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* I - Error Formats                                                     */
+  /* -----------------                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be   */
+  /*   defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate     */
+  /*   the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible     */
+  /*   with standard builds of FreeType 2).  You can then use the macro    */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_BASE macro to extract the generic error code from an       */
+  /*   FT_Error value.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* II - Error Message strings                                            */
+  /* --------------------------                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The error definitions below are made through special macros that    */
+  /*   allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
+  /*   if they need it.  The strings are not included in a normal build of */
+  /*   FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use       */
+  /*   them).                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   To do so, you have to define the following macros before including  */
+  /*   this file:                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_START_LIST ::                                              */
+  /*     This macro is called before anything else to define the start of  */
+  /*     the error list.  It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls     */
+  /*     (see below).                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) ::                                          */
+  /*     This macro is called to define one single error.                  */
+  /*     `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument).  */
+  /*     `v' is the error numerical value.                                 */
+  /*     `s' is the corresponding error string.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_END_LIST ::                                                */
+  /*     This macro ends the list.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
+  /*   this file.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Here is a simple example:                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     {                                                                 */
+  /*       #undef __FTERRORS_H__                                           */
+  /*       #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  { e, s },                       */
+  /*       #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     {                               */
+  /*       #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       const struct                                                    */
+  /*       {                                                               */
+  /*         int          err_code;                                        */
+  /*         const char*  err_msg;                                         */
+  /*       } ft_errors[] =                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       #include FT_ERRORS_H                                            */
+  /*     }                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
+#define __FTERRORS_H__
+
+
+  /* include module base error codes */
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#undef  FT_ERR_XCAT
+#undef  FT_ERR_CAT
+
+#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )  x ## y
+#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y )   FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
+
+
+  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
+  /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'.                            */
+  /*                                                          */
+#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FT_Err_
+#endif
+
+
+  /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
+  /*                                                             */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE  FT_Mod_Err_Base
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE  0
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
+
+
+  /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
+  /* enumeration type.                                         */
+  /*                                                           */
+#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
+
+#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  e = v,
+#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     enum {
+#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
+
+
+  /* this macro is used to define an error */
+#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s )   \
+          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
+
+  /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
+#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+  FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /* now include the error codes */
+#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+  FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                      SIMPLE CLEANUP                     *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
+#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+#undef FT_ERR_CONCAT
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+
+  /* FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX is needed for ftvalid.h */
+#ifndef FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
+#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftgasp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgasp.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
+#define _FT_GASP_H_
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   gasp_table
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   Gasp Table
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
+   *   font for specific entries in their `gasp' table, if any.  This is
+   *   mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
+   *   bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
+   */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_GASP_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
+   *   function.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
+   *     This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
+   *     It is up to the client to decide what to do.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
+   *     Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
+   *     This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
+   *     Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
+   *     Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
+   *     Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
+   *   protected by patents.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x10
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_Get_Gasp
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
+   *   return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   face :: The source face handle.
+   *   ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE is there is no
+   *   `gasp' table in the face.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
+               FT_UInt  ppem );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftglyph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftglyph.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions    */
+  /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph      */
+  /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server   */
+  /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty   */
+  /* handy for many other simple uses of the library.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    glyph_management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Glyph Management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data        */
+  /*    through generic FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a      */
+  /*    bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* forward declaration to a private type */
+  typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_  FT_Glyph_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Glyph                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a   */
+  /*    pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph      */
+  /*    bitmap or pointer.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release */
+  /*    them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling            */
+  /*    @FT_Done_FreeType.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GlyphRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its     */
+  /*    advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the FreeType library object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format  :: The format of the glyph's image.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library             library;
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
+    FT_Vector              advance;
+
+  } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_BitmapGlyph                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is */
+  /*    a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_BitmapGlyphRec                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a        */
+  /*    `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root   :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left   :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance     */
+  /*              from the current pen position to the left border of the  */
+  /*              glyph bitmap.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    top    :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from   */
+  /*              the current pen position to the top border of the glyph  */
+  /*              bitmap.  This distance is positive for upwards-y!        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have       */
+  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'.  This lets you access   */
+  /*    the bitmap's contents easily.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph  */
+  /*    and is thus created and destroyed with it.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Int       left;
+    FT_Int       top;
+    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;
+
+  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_OutlineGlyph                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This  */
+  /*    is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_OutlineGlyphRec                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This       */
+  /*    really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root    :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A descriptor for the outline.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can typecast a @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have       */
+  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'.  This lets you access  */
+  /*    the outline's content easily.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
+  /*    expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag                 */
+  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are        */
+  /*    destroyed with it.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Outline   outline;
+
+  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Glyph                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    slot   :: A handle to the source glyph slot.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Copy                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created      */
+  /*    @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    source :: A handle to the source glyph object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target :: A handle to the target glyph object.  0 in case of       */
+  /*              error.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
+                 FT_Glyph  *target );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Transform                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Transforms a glyph image if its format is scalable.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph  :: A handle to the target glyph object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    delta  :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply.  Coordinates are      */
+  /*              expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's       */
+  /*    advance vector.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
+                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                      FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::                                          */
+  /*      Return unscaled font units.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::                                         */
+  /*      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::                                           */
+  /*      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::                                          */
+  /*      Return coordinates in integer pixels.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::                                            */
+  /*      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3
+
+  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_glyph_bbox_xxx                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    These constants are deprecated.  Use the corresponding             */
+  /*    @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED.             */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS.            */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit   :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT.              */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_truncate  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.             */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_pixels    :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Get_CBox                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  */
+  /*    outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it      */
+  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
+  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
+  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
+  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
+  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    mode  :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned    */
+  /*             bounding box values.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are       */
+  /*             expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the Y-upwards  */
+  /*    convention.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode'   */
+  /*    must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font        */
+  /*    units in 26.6 pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS    */
+  /*    is another name for this constant.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that  */
+  /*    one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in  */
+  /*    integer or 26.6 pixels) as:                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  */
+  /*      height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to      */
+  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,  */
+  /*    which corresponds to:                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    */
+  /*      bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    */
+  /*      bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  */
+  /*      bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to           */
+  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode'  */
+  /*    to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
+                     FT_BBox  *acbox );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Converts a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    the_glyph   :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    render_mode :: An enumeration that describe how the data is        */
+  /*                   rendered.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    origin      :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph   */
+  /*                   image before rendering.  Can be 0 (if no            */
+  /*                   translation).  The origin is expressed in           */
+  /*                   26.6 pixels.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    destroy     :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph    */
+  /*                   image should be destroyed by this function.  It is  */
+  /*                   never destroyed in case of error.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before      */
+  /*    rendering.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
+  /*    be replaced by this function.  Typically, you would use (omitting  */
+  /*    error handling):                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      {                                                                */
+  /*        FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         */
+  /*        FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // load glyph                                                  */
+  /*        error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // extract glyph image                                         */
+  /*        error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroy old)     */
+  /*        if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 */
+  /*        {                                                              */
+  /*          error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  */
+  /*                                      0, 1 );                          */
+  /*          if ( error ) // glyph unchanged                              */
+  /*            ...                                                        */
+  /*        }                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // access bitmap content by typecasting                        */
+  /*        glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               */
+  /*        ...                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         */
+  /*        FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        */
+  /*      }                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
+                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
+                      FT_Vector*      origin,
+                      FT_Bool         destroy );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys a given glyph.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /* other helpful functions */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    computations                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Performs the matrix operation `b = a*b'.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: A pointer to matrix `a'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    b :: A pointer to matrix `b'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                      FT_Matrix*  b );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Inverts a 2x2 matrix.  Returns an error if it can't be inverted.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix.  Remains untouched in    */
+  /*              case of error.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */

include/freetype/ftgxval.h

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgxval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
+#define __FTGXVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    gx_validation                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
+  /*    some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd,  */
+  /*    trak, prop, lcar).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table.                     */
+  /*          Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX     0
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX     1
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX     2
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX     3
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX     4
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX     5
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX     6
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX     7
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX     8
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX     9
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX  FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The number of tables checked in this module.  Use it as a parameter
+   *   for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+   */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH     (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
+     Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag )                  \
+  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
+  *    indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
+  *      Validate `feat' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
+  *      Validate `mort' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
+  *      Validate `morx' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
+  *      Validate `bsln' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_just ::
+  *      Validate `just' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
+  *      Validate `kern' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
+  *      Validate `opbd' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
+  *      Validate `trak' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
+  *      Validate `prop' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
+  *      Validate `lcar' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
+  *      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
+  *      opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
+  *
+  */
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
+  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  *    table_length ::
+  *       The size of the `tables' array.  Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+  *       should be passed.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    tables ::
+  *       The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
+  *       The array itself must be allocated by a client.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
+  *   otherwise.
+  *
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+  *   each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free.  A NULL value
+  *   indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
+  *   application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
+  *   the ability to validate the sfnt table.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
+                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
+                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                          FT_UInt   table_length );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer allocated by
+  *       @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+  *    to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects.  If the selected
+  *    type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
+  *    invalid.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
+  */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate classic (16bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
+  *    and indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
+  *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  *    The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
+  *    the new 32bit format and the classic 16bit format, while
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16bit format.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    ckern_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the kern table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+  *   `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free.  A NULL value
+  *   indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+  *       @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                       FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftgzip.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgzip.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Gzip-compressed stream support.                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
+#define __FTGZIP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    gzip                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    GZIP Streams                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Using gzip-compressed font files.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Stream_OpenGzip
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files.  This is
+  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
+  *   with XFree86.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   stream ::
+  *     The target embedding stream.
+  *
+  *   source ::
+  *     The source stream.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+  *
+  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
+  *   objects will be released to the heap.
+  *
+  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+  *
+  *   In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
+  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
+  *   it and re-open the face with it.
+  *
+  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+  *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Stream  source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftincrem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftincrem.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType incremental loading (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
+#define __FTINCREM_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @section:
+  *    incremental
+  *
+  * @title:
+  *    Incremental Loading
+  *
+  * @abstract:
+  *    Custom Glyph Loading.
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
+  *   `incremental' glyph loading.  This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
+  *   from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
+  *
+  *   Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
+  *   file.  This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
+  *   engine, e.g., a Postscript Imaging Processor.
+  *
+  *   To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
+  *   @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
+  *   @FT_Incremental_Interface value.  See the comments for
+  *   @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
+  *
+  */
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Incremental
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
+  *   `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType.  This is used to support
+  *   embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., Postscript interpreters),
+  *   where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
+  *   different values.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
+  *   objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
+  *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+  *   and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+  *
+  *   See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
+  *   to use incremental objects with FreeType.
+  */
+  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @struct:
+  *   FT_Incremental_Metrics
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
+  *   by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
+  *
+  * @fields:
+  *   bearing_x ::
+  *     Left bearing, in font units.
+  *
+  *   bearing_y ::
+  *     Top bearing, in font units.
+  *
+  *   advance ::
+  *     Glyph advance, in font units.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
+  *   value of the `vertical' argument to the function
+  *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+  */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long  bearing_x;
+    FT_Long  bearing_y;
+    FT_Long  advance;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec, *FT_Incremental_Metrics;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
+  *   during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
+  *   enabled.
+  *
+  *   Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
+  *   file format.  For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
+  *   the `glyf' table.  For Postscript formats, it must correspond to the
+  *   *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header.  It is
+  *   undefined for any other format.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   incremental ::
+  *     Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+  *     application.
+  *
+  *   glyph_index ::
+  *     Index of relevant glyph.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   adata ::
+  *     A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
+  *     accessed as a read-only byte block).
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   If this function returns successfully the method
+  *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
+  *   the data bytes.
+  *
+  *   Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
+  *   compound glyphs.
+  */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
+                                      FT_Data*        adata );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
+  *   successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   incremental ::
+  *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+  *     application.
+  *
+  *   data ::
+  *     A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
+  *     as a read-only byte block).
+  */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                       FT_Data*        data );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
+  *   before accessing its data.  This is necessary because, in certain
+  *   formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
+  *   the glyph images proper.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   incremental ::
+  *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+  *     application.
+  *
+  *   glyph_index ::
+  *     Index of relevant glyph.
+  *
+  *   vertical ::
+  *     If true, return vertical metrics.
+  *
+  *   ametrics ::
+  *     This parameter is used for both input and output.
+  *     The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units.  If metrics are
+  *     not available all the values must be set to zero.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   ametrics ::
+  *     The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
+  *
+  */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
+                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
+                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
+                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
+   *   incrementally.  Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   get_glyph_data ::
+   *     The function to get glyph data.  Must not be null.
+   *
+   *   free_glyph_data ::
+   *     The function to release glyph data.  Must not be null.
+   *
+   *   get_glyph_metrics ::
+   *     The function to get glyph metrics.  May be null if the font does
+   *     not provide overriding glyph metrics.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @struct:
+  *   FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
+  *   wants to support incremental glyph loading.  You should use it with
+  *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
+  *
+  *     {
+  *       FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
+  *       FT_Parameter                 parameter;
+  *       FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
+  *
+  *
+  *       // set up incremental descriptor
+  *       inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
+  *       inc_int.object = my_object;
+  *
+  *       // set up optional parameter
+  *       parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+  *       parameter.data = &inc_int;
+  *
+  *       // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+  *       open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+  *       open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
+  *       open_args.num_params = 1;
+  *       open_args.params     = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
+  *
+  *       // open the font
+  *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+  *       ...
+  *     }
+  */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+  {
+    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
+    FT_Incremental                  object;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Incremental_Interface
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
+  *
+  */
+  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @constant:
+  *   FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
+  *   an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
+  *
+  */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlcdfil.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs           */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   lcd_filtering
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   LCD Filtering
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
+   *   filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
+   *   through @FT_Render_Glyph.  This is useful to reduce color fringes
+   *   which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
+   *
+   *   Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
+   *   *not* implemented in default builds of the library.  You need to
+   *   #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
+   *   in order to activate it.
+   */
+
+
+  /****************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_LcdFilter
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
+   *     Do not perform filtering.  When used with subpixel rendering, this
+   *     results in sometimes severe color fringes.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
+   *     The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
+   *     of a slight blurriness in the output.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
+   *     The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
+   *     cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one.  It might
+   *     be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
+   *     This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter.  It
+   *     provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
+   *     fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
+   *     In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
+   *     interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
+   *
+   *     This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
+   *     disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,
+
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
+   *   bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
+   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   library ::
+   *     A handle to the target library instance.
+   *
+   *   filter ::
+   *     The filter type.
+   *
+   *     You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
+   *     @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
+   *     well on most LCD screens.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This feature is always disabled by default.  Clients must make an
+   *   explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
+   *   @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
+   *
+   *   Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+   *   configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+   *   default builds of FreeType.
+   *
+   *   The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
+   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
+   *
+   *   It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
+   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
+   *
+   *   If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
+   *   either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
+   *   outline with regards to the pixel grid.  For example, for
+   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3 pixels to the left, and
+   *   up to 3 pixels to the right.
+   *
+   *   The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
+   *   need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
+   *   the filter.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
+                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftlist.h

@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlist.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Generic list support for FreeType (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This file implements functions relative to list processing.  Its     */
+  /*  data structures are defined in `freetype.h'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
+#define __FTLIST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    list_processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    List Processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Simple management of lists.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains various definitions related to list          */
+  /*    processing using doubly-linked nodes.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_List                                                            */
+  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
+  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
+  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
+  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
+  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
+  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
+  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
+  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
+  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finds the list node for a given listed object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    data :: The address of the listed object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    List node.  NULL if it wasn't found.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
+                void*    data );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Appends an element to the end of a list.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    node :: The node to append.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
+               FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Inserts an element at the head of a list.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to parent list.                                  */
+  /*    node :: The node to insert.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Removes a node from a list.  This function doesn't check whether   */
+  /*    the node is in the list!                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    node :: The node to remove.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Moves a node to the head/top of a list.  Used to maintain LRU      */
+  /*    lists.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    node :: The node to move.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
+              FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse   */
+  /*    by @FT_List_Iterate.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    node :: The current iteration list node.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.             */
+  /*            Can be used to point to the iteration's state.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
+                       void*        user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Parses a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
+  /*    Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls  */
+  /*    returns a non-zero value.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list     :: A handle to the list.                                  */
+  /*    iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
+  /*    user     :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second    */
+  /*                argument to the iterator.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
+                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
+                   void*             user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list        */
+  /*    finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a     */
+  /*    given list.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    system :: The current system object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data   :: The current object to destroy.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user   :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  It can   */
+  /*              be used to point to the iteration's state.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                         void*      data,
+                         void*      user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys all elements in the list as well as the list itself.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list    :: A handle to the list.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element  */
+  /*               of the list.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory  :: The current memory object which handles deallocation.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user    :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last       */
+  /*               argument to the destructor.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
+                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
+                    FT_Memory           memory,
+                    void*               user );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftlzw.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlzw.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    LZW-compressed stream support.                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
+#define __FTLZW_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    lzw                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    LZW Streams                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Using LZW-compressed font files.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Stream_OpenLZW
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files.  This is
+  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
+  *   with XFree86.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   stream :: The target embedding stream.
+  *
+  *   source :: The source stream.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+  *
+  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
+  *   objects will be released to the heap.
+  *
+  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
+  *
+  *   In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
+  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
+  *   and re-open the face with it.
+  *
+  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+  *   of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Stream  source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftmac.h

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmac.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Additional Mac-specific API.                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                               */
+/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after the       */
+/*       Mac-specific <Types.h> header (or any other Mac header that       */
+/*       includes <Types.h>); we use Handle type.                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
+#define __FTMAC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
+#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#if defined(__GNUC__)                                               && \
+    ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE  __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    mac_specific                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Mac Specific Interface                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Only available on the Macintosh.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following definitions are only available if FreeType is        */
+  /*    compiled on a Macintosh.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FOND                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a FOND resource.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fond       :: A FOND resource.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special     */
+  /*                  case.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Notes>                                                               */
+  /*    This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts    */
+  /*    that are installed in the system as follows.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          */
+  /*      error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
+                         Handle      fond,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face    *aface );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman       */
+  /*                  Bold).                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file.  For passing to                  */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Index of the face.  For passing to                   */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to                   */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to                    */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font   */
+  /*    name which is handled by ATS framework.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName    :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    path        :: Buffer to store pathname of the file.  For passing  */
+  /*                   to @FT_New_Face.  The client must allocate this     */
+  /*                   buffer before calling this function.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index  :: Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
+  /*    using an FSSpec to the font file.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    spec       :: FSSpec to the font file.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
+  /*                  first face has index 0.                              */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except       */
+  /*    it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
+                           const FSSpec  *spec,
+                           FT_Long        face_index,
+                           FT_Face       *aface )
+                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
+  /*    using an FSRef to the font file.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    spec       :: FSRef to the font file.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
+  /*                  first face has index 0.                              */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except        */
+  /*    it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
+                          const FSRef  *ref,
+                          FT_Long       face_index,
+                          FT_Face      *aface )
+                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftmm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmm.h                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMM_H__
+#define __FTMM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    multiple_masters                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Multiple Masters                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple      */
+  /*    Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by  */
+  /*    setting design axis coordinates.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with   */
+  /*    both Type 1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var)        */
+  /*    fonts.  Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others     */
+  /*    will work with both types.  They are similar enough that a         */
+  /*    consistent interface makes sense.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_MM_Axis                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
+  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+    FT_Long     minimum;
+    FT_Long     maximum;
+
+  } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Multi_Master                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+  /*    font.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_axis    :: Number of axes.  Cannot exceed 4.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis    */
+  /*                   even though the Type 1 specification strangely      */
+  /*                   allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
+  /*                   number cannot exceed 16.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    axis        :: A table of axis descriptors.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
+  {
+    FT_UInt     num_axis;
+    FT_UInt     num_designs;
+    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+  } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Var_Axis                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
+  /*    Multiple Masters and GX var fonts.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
+  /*               Not always meaningful for GX.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    def     :: The axis's default design coordinate.                   */
+  /*               FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it  */
+  /*               is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag     :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name').           */
+  /*               FreeType provides default values for MM if possible.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strid   :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of        */
+  /*               `name').                                                */
+  /*               Not meaningful for MM.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+
+    FT_Fixed    minimum;
+    FT_Fixed    def;
+    FT_Fixed    maximum;
+
+    FT_ULong    tag;
+    FT_UInt     strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Var_Named_Style                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for MM fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    coords :: The design coordinates for this style.                   */
+  /*              This is an array with one entry for each axis.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strid  :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed*  coords;
+    FT_UInt    strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_MM_Var                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+  /*    or GX var distortable font.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_axis        :: The number of axes.  The maximum value is 4 for */
+  /*                       MM; no limit in GX.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_designs     :: The number of designs; should be normally       */
+  /*                       2^num_axis for MM fonts.  Not meaningful for GX */
+  /*                       (where every glyph could have a different       */
+  /*                       number of designs).                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
+  /*                       GX which allows certain design coordinates to   */
+  /*                       have a string ID (in the `name' table)          */
+  /*                       associated with them.  The font can tell the    */
+  /*                       user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    axis            :: A table of axis descriptors.                    */
+  /*                       GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    namedstyles     :: A table of named styles.                        */
+  /*                       Only meaningful with GX.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
+  {
+    FT_UInt              num_axis;
+    FT_UInt              num_designs;
+    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
+    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
+    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;
+
+  } FT_MM_Var;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Multi_Master                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
+  /*               Allocates a data structure, which the user must free    */
+  /*               (a single call to FT_FREE will do it).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design     */
+  /*    through design coordinates.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
+                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                                FT_Long*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font   */
+  /*    design through design coordinates.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+  /*    design through normalized blend coordinates.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: The design coordinates array (each element must be   */
+  /*                  between 0 and 1.0).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                               FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftmodapi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmodapi.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType modules public interface (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
+#define __FTMODAPI_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    module_management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Module Management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How to add, upgrade, and remove modules from FreeType.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.  */
+  /*    Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* module bit flags */
+#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         1  /* this module is a font driver  */
+#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER            2  /* this module is a renderer     */
+#define FT_MODULE_HINTER              4  /* this module is a glyph hinter */
+#define FT_MODULE_STYLER              8  /* this module is a styler       */
+
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE     0x100   /* the driver supports      */
+                                              /* scalable fonts           */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES  0x200   /* the driver does not      */
+                                              /* support vector outlines  */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER   0x400   /* the driver provides its  */
+                                              /* own hinter               */
+
+
+  /* deprecated values */
+#define ft_module_font_driver         FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
+#define ft_module_renderer            FT_MODULE_RENDERER
+#define ft_module_hinter              FT_MODULE_HINTER
+#define ft_module_styler              FT_MODULE_STYLER
+
+#define ft_module_driver_scalable     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
+#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines  FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
+#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter   FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
+
+
+  typedef FT_Pointer  FT_Module_Interface;
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+  typedef FT_Module_Interface
+  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
+                          const char*  name );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Module_Class                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The module class descriptor.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    module_flags    :: Bit flags describing the module.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_size     :: The size of one module object/instance in       */
+  /*                       bytes.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_name     :: The name of the module.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_version  :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number            */
+  /*                       (major.minor).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires,   */
+  /*                       as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).  Starts  */
+  /*                       at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_init     :: A function used to initialize (not create) a    */
+  /*                       new module object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_done     :: A function used to finalize (not destroy) a     */
+  /*                       given module object                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_interface   :: Queries a given module for a specific           */
+  /*                       interface by name.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
+  {
+    FT_ULong               module_flags;
+    FT_Long                module_size;
+    const FT_String*       module_name;
+    FT_Fixed               module_version;
+    FT_Fixed               module_requires;
+
+    const void*            module_interface;
+
+    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
+    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
+    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;
+
+  } FT_Module_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Add_Module                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Adds a new module to a given library instance.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
+                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Module                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finds a module by its name.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A module handle.  0 if none was found.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you   */
+  /*    should look up the source code for details.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
+                 const char*  module_name );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Remove_Module                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Removes a given module from a library instance.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    module  :: A handle to a module object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Module   module );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Library                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance    */
+  /*    from a given memory object.  It is thus possible to use libraries  */
+  /*    with distinct memory allocators within the same program.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory   :: A handle to the original memory object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
+                  FT_Library  *alibrary );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Library                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discards a given library object.  This closes all drivers and      */
+  /*    discards all resource objects.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the target library.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );
+
+/* */
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void*  arg );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Debug_Hook                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Sets a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
+  /*    format.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    hook_index :: The index of the debug hook.  You should use the     */
+  /*                  values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g.,                  */
+  /*                  `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for  */
+  /*    the TrueType and the Type 1 interpreter) are defined.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed,    */
+  /*    the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly.      */
+  /*    This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
+                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Add_Default_Modules                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Adds the set of default drivers to a given library object.         */
+  /*    This is only useful when you create a library object with          */
+  /*    @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a new library object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );
+
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   truetype_engine
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   The TrueType Engine
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   TrueType bytecode support.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
+   *   bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
+   *
+   */
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   *  @enum:
+   *     FT_TrueTypeEngineType
+   *
+   *  @description:
+   *     A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
+   *     engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance.  It is used
+   *     by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
+   *
+   *  @values:
+   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
+   *       The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
+   *
+   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
+   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
+   *       support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
+   *
+   *       Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
+   *       scale glyph components with bytecode instructions.  It produces
+   *       bad output for most other fonts.
+   *
+   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
+   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
+   *       the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine.
+   *       See the file `docs/PATENTS' for legal aspects.
+   *
+   *  @since:
+   *       2.2
+   *
+   */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   *  @func:
+   *     FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+   *
+   *  @description:
+   *     Return a @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
+   *     the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
+   *
+   *  @input:
+   *     library ::
+   *       A library instance.
+   *
+   *  @return:
+   *     A value indicating which level is supported.
+   *
+   *  @since:
+   *     2.2
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftmoderr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmoderr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType module error offsets (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error offsets.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The lower byte gives the error code, the higher byte gives the        */
+  /* module.  The base module has error offset 0.  For example, the error  */
+  /* `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x003, the error               */
+  /* `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1103, the error              */
+  /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1203, etc.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Undefine the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in ftoption.h   */
+  /* to make the higher byte always zero (disabling the module error       */
+  /* mechanism).                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily     */
+  /* with something like                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   {                                                                   */
+  /*     #undef __FTMODERR_H__                                             */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },         */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST     {                                */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     const struct                                                      */
+  /*     {                                                                 */
+  /*       int          mod_err_offset;                                    */
+  /*       const char*  mod_err_msg                                        */
+  /*     } ft_mod_errors[] =                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H                                       */
+  /*   }                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* To use such a table, all errors must be ANDed with 0xFF00 to remove   */
+  /* the error code.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
+#define __FTMODERR_H__
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
+#else
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
+#endif
+
+#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST  enum {
+#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST    FT_Mod_Err_Max };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****               LIST MODULE ERROR BASES                   *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+  FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Base,      0x000, "base module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit,   0x100, "autofitter module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( BDF,       0x200, "BDF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Cache,     0x300, "cache module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( CFF,       0x400, "CFF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( CID,       0x500, "CID module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip,      0x600, "Gzip module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( LZW,       0x700, "LZW module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid,   0x800, "OpenType validation module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PCF,       0x900, "PCF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PFR,       0xA00, "PFR module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux,     0xB00, "PS auxiliary module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter,  0xC00, "PS hinter module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames,   0xD00, "PS names module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Raster,    0xE00, "raster module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT,      0xF00, "SFNT module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth,   0x1000, "smooth raster module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1100, "TrueType module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Type1,    0x1200, "Type 1 module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Type42,   0x1300, "Type 42 module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1400, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+  FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                      CLEANUP                            *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERRDEF
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftotval.h

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftotval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the       */
+/*          future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the    */
+/*          OpenType specification.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
+#define __FTOTVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    ot_validation                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    OpenType Validation                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    An API to validate OpenType tables.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
+  /*    some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
+  *    indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
+  *      Validate BASE table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
+  *      Validate GDEF table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
+  *      Validate GPOS table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
+  *      Validate GSUB table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
+  *      Validate JSTF table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
+  *      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+  *
+  */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_OpenType_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
+  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    BASE_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the BASE table.
+  *
+  *    GDEF_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GDEF table.
+  *
+  *    GPOS_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GPOS table.
+  *
+  *    GSUB_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GSUB table.
+  *
+  *    JSTF_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the JSTF table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
+  *   otherwise.
+  *
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
+  *   @FT_OpenType_Free.  A NULL value indicates that the table either
+  *   doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
+  *   validation.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_OpenType_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+  *       @FT_OpenType_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                    FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftoutln.h

@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoutln.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of        */
+/*    most scalable font formats (specification).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
+#define __FTOUTLN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Outline Processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
+  /*    glyph images known as `outlines'.  These can also be measured,     */
+  /*    transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func                                             */
+  /*    FT_Outline_LineTo_Func                                             */
+  /*    FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Walks over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual  */
+  /*    segments and Bézier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
+  /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
+  /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e,. function pointers   */
+  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
+  /*                      operations.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       */
+  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
+  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
+  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
+                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
+                        void*                    user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Creates a new outline of a given size.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object from where the       */
+  /*                   outline is allocated.  Note however that the new    */
+  /*                   outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when     */
+  /*                   destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numPoints   :: The maximal number of points within the outline.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    anoutline   :: A handle to the new outline.  NULL in case of       */
+  /*                   error.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
+  /*    to use the library's memory allocator.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                  FT_Int       numContours,
+                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                           FT_Int       numContours,
+                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the     */
+  /*               outline.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline        */
+  /*    descriptor will be released.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is       */
+  /*    simply to use ft_mem_free().                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
+                   FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                            FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Check the contents of an outline descriptor.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A handle to a source outline.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Returns an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all  */
+  /*    the outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it  */
+  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
+  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
+  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
+  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
+  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acbox   :: The outline's control box.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox           *acbox );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Applies a simple translation to the points of an outline.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    xOffset :: The horizontal offset.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yOffset :: The vertical offset.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
+                        FT_Pos             yOffset );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Copies an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the    */
+  /*    same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this       */
+  /*    function is called.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    source :: A handle to the source outline.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target :: A handle to the target outline.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
+                   FT_Outline        *target );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Applies a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful */
+  /*    for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix  :: A pointer to the transformation matrix.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the     */
+  /*    outline's points.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Emboldens an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4 times     */
+  /*    `strength' pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and */
+  /*    bottom borders as unchanged.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are     */
+  /*    possible also.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline  :: A handle to the target outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in      */
+  /*                26.6 pixel format.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the    */
+  /*    glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
+  /*    situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes        */
+  /*    handled incorrectly.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Example call:                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   */
+  /*      if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             */
+  /*        FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_Pos       strength );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Reverses the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to     */
+  /*    ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This functions toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in    */
+  /*    the outline's `flags' field.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it     */
+  /*    knows what it is doing.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Renders an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply */
+  /*    OR-ed to the target bitmap.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an       */
+  /*    outline image within the one you pass to it!                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
+                         FT_Outline*       outline,
+                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Renders an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
+  /*    This functions uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
+  /*    allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency,  */
+  /*    etc.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    params  :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to     */
+  /*               describe the rendering operation.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
+  /*    to use this function.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
+  /*    converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is  */
+  /*    actually ignored.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_Outline*        outline,
+                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *   FT_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+  *
+  *   The TrueType and Postscript specifications use different conventions
+  *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+  *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+  *     be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+  *     According to the Postscript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+  *     must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+  *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+  *     remember that in Postscript, everything that is to the left of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+  *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of
+  *     the glyph have different orientation.
+  *
+  */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+  } FT_Orientation;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+  *   fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by computing
+  *   the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+  *   within the outline.
+  *
+  *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+  *   outlines.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   outline ::
+  *     A handle to the source outline.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   The orientation.
+  *
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */

include/freetype/ftpfr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftpfr.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
+#define __FTPFR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    pfr_fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    PFR Fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    PFR/TrueDoc specific API.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face :: Handle to the input face.  It can be a non-PFR face.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aoutline_resolution ::
+  *      Outline resolution.  This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'.
+  *      Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+  *
+  *    ametrics_resolution ::
+  *      Metrics resolution.  This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
+  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+  *
+  *    ametrics_x_scale ::
+  *      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
+  *      in metrics units to device sub-pixels.  This is equivalent to
+  *      `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only.  Optional (parameter
+  *      can be NULL)
+  *
+  *    ametrics_y_scale ::
+  *      Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
+  *      optional (parameter can be NULL)
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
+  *   However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
+                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
+  *    The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
+  *    @FT_Get_Kerning.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face  :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    left  :: Index of the left glyph.
+  *
+  *    right :: Index of the right glyph.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    avector :: A kerning vector.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
+  *    units.  This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+  *    mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
+  *
+  *    You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
+  *    returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                      FT_UInt     left,
+                      FT_UInt     right,
+                      FT_Vector  *avector );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Advance
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
+  *    from a PFR font.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face   :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    gindex :: The glyph index.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+  *    to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_UInt   gindex,
+                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftrender.h

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrender.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
+#define __FTRENDER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    module_management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* create a new glyph object */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
+                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  /* destroys a given glyph object */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph          glyph,
+                             const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                             const FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                           FT_BBox*  abbox );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph   source,
+                        FT_Glyph   target );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
+                           FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+/* deprecated */
+#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func       FT_Glyph_InitFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func       FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func  FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func       FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func       FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
+
+
+  struct  FT_Glyph_Class_
+  {
+    FT_Long                 glyph_size;
+    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;
+    FT_Glyph_InitFunc       glyph_init;
+    FT_Glyph_DoneFunc       glyph_done;
+    FT_Glyph_CopyFunc       glyph_copy;
+    FT_Glyph_TransformFunc  glyph_transform;
+    FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc    glyph_bbox;
+    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc    glyph_prepare;
+  };
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
+                             FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                             FT_UInt           mode,
+                             const FT_Vector*  origin );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
+                                FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                                const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                                const FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer   renderer,
+                              FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                              FT_BBox*      cbox );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer  renderer,
+                              FT_ULong     mode_tag,
+                              FT_Pointer   mode_ptr );
+
+/* deprecated identifiers */
+#define FTRenderer_render  FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+#define FTRenderer_transform  FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+#define FTRenderer_getCBox  FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
+#define FTRenderer_setMode  FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Renderer_Class                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The renderer module class descriptor.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root         :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a     */
+  /*                    given glyph slot into a bitmap.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    set_mode     :: A method used to pass additional parameters.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.  This */
+  /*                    is a pointer to its raster's class.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster       :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.  This */
+  /*                    is a pointer to the corresponding raster object,   */
+  /*                    if any.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
+  {
+    FT_Module_Class       root;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Format       glyph_format;
+
+    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
+    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;
+
+    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;
+
+  } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Renderer                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves the current renderer for a given glyph format.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format  :: The glyph format.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A renderer handle.  0 if none found.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module.  To retrieve a   */
+  /*    renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Renderer                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Sets the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    renderer   :: A handle to the renderer object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    parameters :: Additional parameters.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph     */
+  /*    images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
+                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
+                   FT_UInt        num_params,
+                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftsizes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsizes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType size objects management (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.   */
+  /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases     */
+  /* where they are needed.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
+#define __FTSIZES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    sizes_management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Size Management                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Managing multiple sizes per face.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an      */
+  /*    @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all     */
+  /*    pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size'    */
+  /*    field.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face,      */
+  /*    mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the     */
+  /*    same font family and style.  See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only           */
+  /*    modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need    */
+  /*    to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    99% of applications won't need the functions provided here,        */
+  /*    especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious      */
+  /*    when using these.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Size                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new size object from a given face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to a parent face object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    asize :: A handle to a new size object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
+  /*    for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,      */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
+               FT_Size*  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Size                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discard a given size object.  Note that @FT_Done_Face              */
+  /*    automatically discards all size objects allocated with             */
+  /*    @FT_New_Size.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Activate_Size                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a    */
+  /*    given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like          */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the last-created one to   */
+  /*    determine the `current character pixel size'.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size  */
+  /*    object.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes  */
+  /*    the value of `face->size' to the input size handle.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftsnames.h

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsnames.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used          */
+/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    sfnt_names                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    SFNT Names                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The TrueType and OpenType specification allow the inclusion of     */
+  /*    a special `names table' in font files.  This table contains        */
+  /*    textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font,    */
+  /*    like family name, copyright, version, etc.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The definitions below are used to access them if available.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_SfntName                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    language_id :: The language ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    name_id     :: An identifier for `string'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    string      :: The `name' string.  Note that its format differs    */
+  /*                   depending on the (platform,encoding) pair.  It can  */
+  /*                   be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                   Generally speaking, the string is not               */
+  /*                   zero-terminated.  Please refer to the TrueType      */
+  /*                   specification for details.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    string_len  :: The length of `string' in bytes.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id',   */
+  /*    and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'.  For details     */
+  /*    please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,       */
+  /*    @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  platform_id;
+    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
+    FT_UShort  language_id;
+    FT_UShort  name_id;
+
+    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes */
+
+  } FT_SfntName;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The number of strings in the `name' table.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face  :: A handle to the source face.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    idx   :: The index of the `name' string.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not        */
+  /*    null-terminated.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available   */
+  /*    `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right       */
+  /*    platform, encoding, and name ID.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
+                    FT_UInt       idx,
+                    FT_SfntName  *aname );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftstroke.h

@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstroke.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType path stroker (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
+#define __FT_STROKE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @section:
+  *    glyph_stroker
+  *
+  * @title:
+  *    Glyph Stroker
+  *
+  * @abstract:
+  *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+  *    glyph.  It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+  *    `inside' borders of the stroke.
+  *
+  *    This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+  *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+  *    shape.
+  */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Stroker
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+  */
+  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+   *   in a stroker.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used
+   *     to join two lines smoothly.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+   *     Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
+   *     are extended until they intersect.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+   *     Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
+   *     break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
+   *     is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
+   *     in beveled rendering).
+   */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+   *   rendered in a stroke.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+   *     point itself.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+   *     last point.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+   *     last point.
+   */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_StrokerBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border
+   *   in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+   *   `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+   *
+   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+   */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+  } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `inside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `outside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_New
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Create a new stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   library ::
+   *     FreeType library handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   astroker ::
+   *     A new stroker object handle.  NULL in case of error.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Set
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   radius ::
+   *     The border radius.
+   *
+   *   line_cap ::
+   *     The line cap style.
+   *
+   *   line_join ::
+   *     The line join style.
+   *
+   *   miter_limit ::
+   *     The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
+   *     expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The radius is expressed in the same units that the outline
+   *   coordinates.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
+                  FT_Fixed             radius,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
+                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+   *   You should call this function before beginning a new
+   *   series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+   *   the stroker.  The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+   *   later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline.
+   *
+   *   opened ::
+   *     A boolean.  If 1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+   *     of a closed one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If `opened' is 0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+   *   path, and the stroker will generate two distinct `border' outlines.
+   *
+   *   If `opened' is 1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+   *   stroker will generate a single `stroke' outline.
+   *
+   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                           FT_Outline*  outline,
+                           FT_Bool      opened );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the start vector.
+   *
+   *   open ::
+   *     A boolean.  If 1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+   *   not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                           FT_Vector*  to,
+                           FT_Bool     open );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+   *   If the subpath was not `opened', this function will `draw' a
+   *   single line segment to the start position when needed.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                     FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control ::
+   *     A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control1 ::
+   *     A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   control2 ::
+   *     A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control1,
+                      FT_Vector*  control2,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It will return the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+   *   outlines generated by the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+   *   structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+   *   receive all new data.
+   *
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve all borders at once.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                           FT_Outline*       outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+   *   outline/path.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Export
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                     FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Done
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Destroy a stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.  Can be NULL.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                   FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+   *   only return either its inside or outside border.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   inside ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, return the inside border, otherwise
+   *     the outside border.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                         FT_Bool      inside,
+                         FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */

include/freetype/ftsynth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsynth.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting              */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*********        WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE, THIS API          *********/
+  /*********    IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE    *********/
+  /*********            FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM                  *********/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
+#define __FTSYNTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /* Make sure slot owns slot->bitmap. */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  /* Do not use this function directly!  Copy the code to */
+  /* your application and modify it to suit your need.    */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftsystem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
+#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   system_interface                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*   System Interface                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*   How FreeType manages memory and i/o.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This section contains various definitions related to memory         */
+  /*   management and i/o access.  You need to understand this             */
+  /*   information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own   */
+  /*   i/o streams.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Memory
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
+   *   @FT_MemoryRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Alloc_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   size ::
+   *     The size in bytes to allocate.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Address of new memory block.  0 in case of failure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                    long       size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Free_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to release a given block of memory.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   block ::
+   *     The address of the target memory block.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                   void*      block );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Realloc_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   cur_size ::
+   *     The block's current size in bytes.
+   *
+   *   new_size ::
+   *     The block's requested new size.
+   *
+   *   block ::
+   *     The block's current address.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   New block address.  0 in case of memory shortage.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   In case of error, the old block must still be available.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                      long       cur_size,
+                      long       new_size,
+                      void*      block );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_MemoryRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType 2.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   user ::
+   *     A generic typeless pointer for user data.
+   *
+   *   alloc ::
+   *     A pointer type to an allocation function.
+   *
+   *   free ::
+   *     A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
+   *
+   *   realloc ::
+   *     A pointer type to a reallocation function.
+   *
+   */
+  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
+  {
+    void*            user;
+    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
+    FT_Free_Func     free;
+    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       I / O   M A N A G E M E N T                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Stream
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to an input stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_StreamDesc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A union type used to store either a long or a pointer.  This is used
+   *   to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
+  {
+    long   value;
+    void*  pointer;
+
+  } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Stream_IoFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stream ::
+   *     A handle to the source stream.
+   *
+   *   offset ::
+   *     The offset of read in stream (always from start).
+   *
+   *   buffer ::
+   *     The address of the read buffer.
+   *
+   *   count ::
+   *     The number of bytes to read from the stream.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
+   *   with a `count' of 0.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef unsigned long
+  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
+                       unsigned long   offset,
+                       unsigned char*  buffer,
+                       unsigned long   count );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to close a given input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *  stream ::
+   *     A handle to the target stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_StreamRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure used to describe an input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   base ::
+   *     For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
+   *     byte in memory.  This field should always be set to NULL for
+   *     disk-based streams.
+   *
+   *   size ::
+   *     The stream size in bytes.
+   *
+   *   pos ::
+   *     The current position within the stream.
+   *
+   *   descriptor ::
+   *     This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer.  It is
+   *     used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
+   *     pointers.
+   *
+   *   pathname ::
+   *     This field is completely ignored by FreeType.  However, it is often
+   *     useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
+   *     (where available).
+   *
+   *   read ::
+   *     The stream's input function.
+   *
+   *   close ::
+   *     The stream;s close function.
+   *
+   *   memory ::
+   *     The memory manager to use to preload frames.  This is set
+   *     internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
+   *     implementations.
+   *
+   *   cursor ::
+   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+   *     frames.
+   *
+   *   limit ::
+   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+   *     frames.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
+  {
+    unsigned char*       base;
+    unsigned long        size;
+    unsigned long        pos;
+
+    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
+    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
+    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
+    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;
+
+    FT_Memory            memory;
+    unsigned char*       cursor;
+    unsigned char*       limit;
+
+  } FT_StreamRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/fttrigon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttrigon.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
+#define __FTTRIGON_H__
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   computations                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Angle
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This type is used to model angle values in FreeType.  Note that the
+   *   angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_2PI
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI2
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI4
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Sin
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The sinus value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Cos
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The cosinus value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Tan
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The tangent value.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Atan2
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
+   *   the 2d plane.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   x ::
+   *     The horizontal vector coordinate.
+   *
+   *   y ::
+   *     The vertical vector coordinate.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
+            FT_Fixed  y );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Angle_Diff
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the difference between two angles.  The result is always
+   *   constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle1 ::
+   *     First angle.
+   *
+   *   angle2 ::
+   *     Second angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
+                 FT_Angle  angle2 );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Unit
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle.  After the
+   *   call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
+   *   `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
+   *
+   *   This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
+   *   given angle quickly.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The address of angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                  FT_Angle    angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Rotate
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Rotate a vector by a given angle.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The address of angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                    FT_Angle    angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Length
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the length of a given vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
+   *   vector coordinates.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Polarize
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of source vector.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   length ::
+   *     The vector length.
+   *
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The vector angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                      FT_Fixed   *length,
+                      FT_Angle   *angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_From_Polar
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of source vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   length ::
+   *     The vector length.
+   *
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The vector angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                        FT_Fixed    length,
+                        FT_Angle    angle );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/fttypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttypes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
+#define __FTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    basic_types                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Basic Data Types                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    The basic data types defined by the library.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType 2,  */
+  /*    ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More      */
+  /*    font-specific structures are defined in a different section.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
+  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
+  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
+  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
+  /*    FT_String                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
+  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
+  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
+  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
+  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
+  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
+  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
+  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
+  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,   */
+  /*    values 1 and 0 represent true and false, respectively.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font  */
+  /*    units.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original    */
+  /*    font units.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed char  FT_Char;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for constant memory areas.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for 32bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_String                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef char  FT_String;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for signed short.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_Short;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for unsigned short.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for the int type.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed int  FT_Int;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for the unsigned int type.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for signed long.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_Long;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for unsigned long.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel            */
+  /*    coordinates.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling  */
+  /*    values or matrix coefficients.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The FreeType error code type.  A value of 0 is always interpreted  */
+  /*    as a successful operation.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int  FT_Error;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest  */
+  /*    _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position,   */
+  /*    or a memory block size.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the       */
+  /*    largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance         */
+  /*    between two pointers.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector.  Uses    */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14 types.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    x :: Horizontal coordinate.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y :: Vertical coordinate.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
+  {
+    FT_F2Dot14  x;
+    FT_F2Dot14  y;
+
+  } FT_UnitVector;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are   */
+  /*    in 16.16 fixed float format.  The computation performed is:        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       {                                                               */
+  /*          x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             */
+  /*          y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             */
+  /*       }                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    xx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
+    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;
+
+  } FT_Matrix;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Data                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    pointer :: The data.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length  :: The length of the data in bytes.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Data_
+  {
+    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
+    FT_Int          length;
+
+  } FT_Data;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Describes a function used to destroy the `client' data of any      */
+  /*    FreeType object.  See the description of the @FT_Generic type for  */
+  /*    details of usage.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization.    */
+  /*    Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void*  object);
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Client applications often need to associate their own data to a    */
+  /*    variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API  */
+  /*    might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type           */
+  /*    FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font    */
+  /*    servers.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
+  /*    as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by  */
+  /*    FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous   */
+  /*    client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
+  /*    in the `finalizer' field).                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    data      :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
+  /*                 field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which    */
+  /*                 will be called when the object is destroyed.  If this */
+  /*                 field is set to NULL, no code will be called.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
+  {
+    void*                 data;
+    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;
+
+  } FT_Generic;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_MAKE_TAG                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label       */
+  /*    TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The produced values *must* be 32bit integers.  Don't redefine this */
+  /*    macro.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
+              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                    L I S T   M A N A G E M E N T                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    list_processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*     Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an       */
+  /*     @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec).  As its name suggests, an      */
+  /*     FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_List                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold a single list element.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    prev :: The previous element in the list.  NULL if first.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    next :: The next element in the list.  NULL if last.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  prev;
+    FT_ListNode  next;
+    void*        data;
+
+  } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list.  These are   */
+  /*    used in many parts of FreeType.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  head;
+    FT_ListNode  tail;
+
+  } FT_ListRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list )  ( (list).head == 0 )
+
+  /* return base error code (without module-specific prefix) */
+#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x )    ( (x) & 0xFF )
+
+  /* return module error code */
+#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x )  ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
+
+#define FT_BOOL( x )  ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftwinfnt.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
+#define __FTWINFNT_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    winfnt_fonts                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Window FNT Files                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Windows FNT specific API.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific      */
+  /*    functions.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
+   *   @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.  Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
+   *   encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
+   *   in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory.  cp1361 is
+   *   roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
+   *     This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
+   *     `don't care' value.  Valid font files don't contain this value.
+   *     When querying for information about the character set of the font
+   *     that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
+   *     return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
+   *     There is no known mapping table available.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
+   *     Mac Roman encoding.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
+   *     From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
+   *
+   *       The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+   *       is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
+   *       `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
+   *
+   *       The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
+   *       specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
+   *
+   *       The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
+   *       Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
+   *       character set.  The OEM character set is system dependent.
+   *
+   *       In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
+   *       second default codepage that most international versions of
+   *       Windows have.  It is one of the OEM codepages from
+   *
+   *         http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
+   *
+   *       and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
+   *       A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
+   *       1252 and OEM codepage 850.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
+   *     A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
+   *     A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
+   *     A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
+   *     A superset of Korean Hangul KS C 5601-1987 (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
+   *     A superset of traditional Chinese Big 5 ETen (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
+   *     A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
+   *     ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
+   *     A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
+   *     ANSI encoding.  A superset of ISO 8859-1.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
+   *     A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
+   *     A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
+   *     A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
+   *     A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
+   *     A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
+   *     For Vietnamese.  This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
+   *     characters.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
+   *     Korean (Johab).
+   */
+
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Windows FNT Header info.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;
+    FT_ULong   file_size;
+    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
+    FT_UShort  file_type;
+    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
+    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  ascent;
+    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
+    FT_UShort  external_leading;
+    FT_Byte    italic;
+    FT_Byte    underline;
+    FT_Byte    strike_out;
+    FT_UShort  weight;
+    FT_Byte    charset;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
+    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
+    FT_UShort  avg_width;
+    FT_UShort  max_width;
+    FT_Byte    first_char;
+    FT_Byte    last_char;
+    FT_Byte    default_char;
+    FT_Byte    break_char;
+    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
+    FT_ULong   device_offset;
+    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
+    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
+    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
+    FT_Byte    reserved;
+    FT_ULong   flags;
+    FT_UShort  A_space;
+    FT_UShort  B_space;
+    FT_UShort  C_space;
+    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
+    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];
+
+  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec, *FT_WinFNT_Header;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face    :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aheader :: The WinFNT header.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
+  *   otherwise.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
+                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */

include/freetype/ftxf86.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftxf86.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Support functions for X11.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
+#define __FTXF86_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   font_formats                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*   Font Formats                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*   Getting the font format.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   The single function in this section can be used to get the font     */
+  /*   format.  Note that this information is not needed normally;         */
+  /*   however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is  */
+  /*   important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*   FT_Get_X11_Font_Format                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
+  /*   which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.  Possible values are     */
+  /*   `TrueType', `Type 1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type 42', `CID Type 1', `CFF', */
+  /*   `PFR', and `Windows FNT'.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*   face ::                                                             */
+  /*     Input face handle.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   Font format string.  NULL in case of error.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */

include/freetype/t1tables.h

@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1tables.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification  */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
+#define __T1TABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    type1_tables                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Type 1 Tables                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Type 1 (PostScript) specific font tables.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables,    */
+  /*    including structures related to other PostScript font formats.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
+  /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts.               */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_FontInfoRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 FontInfo dictionary.  Note */
+  /*    that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own          */
+  /*    FontInfo dictionary.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec
+  {
+    FT_String*  version;
+    FT_String*  notice;
+    FT_String*  full_name;
+    FT_String*  family_name;
+    FT_String*  weight;
+    FT_Long     italic_angle;
+    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
+    FT_Short    underline_position;
+    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;
+
+  } PS_FontInfoRec, *PS_FontInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    T1_FontInfo                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
+  /*    kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of  */
+  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_PrivateRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 private dictionary.  Note  */
+  /*    that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private  */
+  /*    dictionary.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int     unique_id;
+    FT_Int     lenIV;
+
+    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
+    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;
+
+    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
+    FT_Short   other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
+    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
+    FT_Int     blue_shift;
+    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;
+
+    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
+    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];
+
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
+    FT_Bool    force_bold;
+    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;
+
+    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
+    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */
+
+    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Long    language_group;
+    FT_Long    password;
+
+    FT_Short   min_feature[2];
+
+  } PS_PrivateRec, *PS_Private;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    T1_Private                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec.  It is deprecated but    */
+  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
+  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    T1_Blend_Flags                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a      */
+  /*    given blend dictionary (font info or private).  Used to support    */
+  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+    /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+    /*# never remove */
+    T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+  } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*# backwards compatible definitions */
+#define t1_blend_underline_position   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
+#define t1_blend_underline_thickness  T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
+#define t1_blend_italic_angle         T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
+#define t1_blend_blue_values          T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
+#define t1_blend_other_blues          T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_standard_widths      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
+#define t1_blend_standard_height      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths     T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
+#define t1_blend_blue_scale           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
+#define t1_blend_blue_shift           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
+#define t1_blend_family_blues         T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_family_other_blues   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_force_bold           T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
+#define t1_blend_max                  T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+
+  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS     16
+
+  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS        4
+
+  /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS  20
+
+
+  /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
+  typedef struct  PS_DesignMap_
+  {
+    FT_Byte    num_points;
+    FT_Long*   design_points;
+    FT_Fixed*  blend_points;
+
+  } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef PS_DesignMapRec  T1_DesignMap;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PS_BlendRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt          num_designs;
+    FT_UInt          num_axis;
+
+    FT_String*       axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+    FT_Fixed*        design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    PS_DesignMapRec  design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+    FT_Fixed*        weight_vector;
+    FT_Fixed*        default_weight_vector;
+
+    PS_FontInfo      font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+    PS_Private       privates  [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+    FT_ULong         blend_bitflags;
+
+    FT_BBox*         bboxes    [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+    /* since 2.3.0 */
+
+    /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance;   */
+    /* corresponds to default_weight_vector --                */
+    /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
+    /* in the font and associated metrics files               */
+    FT_UInt          default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    FT_UInt          num_default_design_vector;
+
+  } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
+
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef PS_BlendRec  T1_Blend;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
+  {
+    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;
+
+    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
+    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
+    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
+    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Byte        paint_type;
+    FT_Byte        font_type;
+    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector      font_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
+    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
+    FT_Int         sd_bytes;
+
+  } CID_FaceDictRec, *CID_FaceDict;
+
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef CID_FaceDictRec  CID_FontDict;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_FaceInfoRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to represent CID Face information.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
+    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
+    FT_Int          cid_font_type;
+
+    FT_String*      registry;
+    FT_String*      ordering;
+    FT_Int          supplement;
+
+    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
+    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
+    FT_ULong        uid_base;
+
+    FT_Int          num_xuid;
+    FT_ULong        xuid[16];
+
+    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
+    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
+    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
+    FT_ULong        cid_count;
+
+    FT_Int          num_dicts;
+    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;
+
+    FT_ULong        data_offset;
+
+  } CID_FaceInfoRec, *CID_FaceInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_Info                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
+  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
+  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return true if a given face provides reliable Postscript glyph
+  *    names.  This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
+  *    except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
+  *    glyph name tables.
+  *
+  *    When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
+  *    names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       face handle
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    Boolean.  True if glyph names are reliable.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
+  *    Postscript font.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       Postscript face handle.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    afont_info ::
+  *       Output font info structure pointer.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+  *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+  *
+  *    If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will
+  *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face          face,
+                       PS_FontInfoRec  *afont_info );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
+  *    Postscript font.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       Postscript face handle.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    afont_private ::
+  *       Output private dictionary structure pointer.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+  *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+  *
+  *    If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will
+  *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face         face,
+                          PS_PrivateRec  *afont_private );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/tttables.h

@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tttables.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface                 */
+/*    (specification only).                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
+#define __TTTABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    TrueType Tables                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    TrueType specific table types and functions.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables   */
+  /*    as well as some routines used to access and process them.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Header                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType font header table.  All       */
+  /*    fields follow the TrueType specification.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Header_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
+    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;
+
+    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
+    FT_Long    Magic_Number;
+
+    FT_UShort  Flags;
+    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;
+
+    FT_Long    Created [2];
+    FT_Long    Modified[2];
+
+    FT_Short   xMin;
+    FT_Short   yMin;
+    FT_Short   xMax;
+    FT_Short   yMax;
+
+    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
+    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
+    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
+    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+  } TT_Header;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_HoriHeader                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
+  /*    table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table,      */
+  /*    i.e., the `hmtx' table.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Version                :: The table version.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Ascender               :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance  */
+  /*                              from the baseline to the top-most of all */
+  /*                              glyph points found in the font.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
+  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
+  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
+  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
+  /*                              of the OS/2 table instead if you want    */
+  /*                              the correct one.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Descender              :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                              from the baseline to the bottom-most of  */
+  /*                              all glyph points found in the font.  It  */
+  /*                              is negative.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
+  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
+  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
+  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              You should use the `sTypoDescender'      */
+  /*                              field of the OS/2 table instead if you   */
+  /*                              want the correct one.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Line_Gap               :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance  */
+  /*                              to add to the ascender and descender to  */
+  /*                              get the BTB, i.e., the                   */
+  /*                              baseline-to-baseline distance for the    */
+  /*                              font.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance_Width_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
+  /*                              widths found in the font.  It can be     */
+  /*                              used to compute the maximum width of an  */
+  /*                              arbitrary string of text.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Left_Side_Bearing  :: The minimum left side bearing of all     */
+  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all    */
+  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xMax_Extent            :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
+  /*                              `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for   */
+  /*                              all glyphs in the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Rise       :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's     */
+  /*                              slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Run        :: The run coefficient of the cursor's      */
+  /*                              slope.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Reserved               :: 10 reserved bytes.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metric_Data_Format     :: Always 0.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    number_Of_HMetrics     :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
+  /*                              table -- this value can be smaller than  */
+  /*                              the total number of glyphs in the font.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
+  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+  /*               are different.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
+  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+  /*               headers.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
+    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
+    /* `HMTX' table.                                                      */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_VertHeader                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea'   */
+  /*    table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e.,  */
+  /*    the `vmtx' table.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Version                 :: The table version.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Ascender                :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                               from the baseline to the top-most of    */
+  /*                               all glyph points found in the font.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
+  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
+  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
+  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               You should use the `sTypoAscender'      */
+  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
+  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Descender               :: The font's descender, i.e., the         */
+  /*                               distance from the baseline to the       */
+  /*                               bottom-most of all glyph points found   */
+  /*                               in the font.  It is negative.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
+  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
+  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
+  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               You should use the `sTypoDescender'     */
+  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
+  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Line_Gap                :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                               to add to the ascender and descender to */
+  /*                               get the BTB, i.e., the                  */
+  /*                               baseline-to-baseline distance for the   */
+  /*                               font.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance_Height_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all        */
+  /*                               advance heights found in the font.  It  */
+  /*                               can be used to compute the maximum      */
+  /*                               height of an arbitrary string of text.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Top_Side_Bearing    :: The minimum top side bearing of all     */
+  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all  */
+  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yMax_Extent             :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the  */
+  /*                               `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+  /*                               all glyphs in the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Rise        :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's    */
+  /*                               slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Run         :: The run coefficient of the cursor's     */
+  /*                               slope.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Offset            :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.  */
+  /*                               This value is `reserved' in vmtx        */
+  /*                               version 1.0.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Reserved                :: 8 reserved bytes.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metric_Data_Format      :: Always 0.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    number_Of_HMetrics      :: Number of VMetrics entries in the       */
+  /*                               `vmtx' table -- this value can be       */
+  /*                               smaller than the total number of glyphs */
+  /*                               in the font.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
+  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+  /*               are different.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
+  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+  /*               headers.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum left-sb or top-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb   */
+    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* xmax or ymax extents            */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant     */
+    /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table.                                            */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_VertHeader;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_OS2                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long  */
+  /*    table version.  All fields comply to the TrueType specification.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an     */
+  /*    OS/2 table.  In this case, the `version' field is always set to    */
+  /*    0xFFFF.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
+    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
+    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
+    FT_Short   fsType;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
+    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;
+
+    FT_Byte    panose[10];
+
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+    FT_Char    achVendID[4];
+
+    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
+    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
+    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
+    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
+    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
+    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;
+
+    /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */
+
+    /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+    FT_Short   sxHeight;
+    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
+    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
+    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;
+
+  } TT_OS2;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Postscript                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType Postscript table.  All fields */
+  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.  This structure does not     */
+  /*    reference the Postscript glyph names, which can be nevertheless    */
+  /*    accessed with the `ttpost' module.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
+    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
+    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
+    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
+    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;
+
+    /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't   */
+    /* load them by default.  See the ttpost.c file.  */
+
+  } TT_Postscript;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_PCLT                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table.  All fields       */
+  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
+    FT_UShort  Pitch;
+    FT_UShort  xHeight;
+    FT_UShort  Style;
+    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
+    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
+    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
+    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
+    FT_Char    FileName[6];
+    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
+    FT_Char    WidthType;
+    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
+    FT_Byte    Reserved;
+
+  } TT_PCLT;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_MaxProfile                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which    */
+  /*    can be used to pre-allocate arrays.  This ensures that no memory   */
+  /*    allocation occurs during a glyph load.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    version               :: The version number.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numGlyphs             :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType     */
+  /*                             font.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxPoints             :: The maximum number of points in a         */
+  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
+  /*                             the structure element                     */
+  /*                             `maxCompositePoints'.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxContours           :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
+  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
+  /*                             the structure element                     */
+  /*                             `maxCompositeContours'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxCompositePoints    :: The maximum number of points in a         */
+  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
+  /*                             structure element `maxPoints'.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxCompositeContours  :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
+  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
+  /*                             structure element `maxContours'.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxZones              :: The maximum number of zones used for      */
+  /*                             glyph hinting.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxTwilightPoints     :: The maximum number of points in the       */
+  /*                             twilight zone used for glyph hinting.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxStorage            :: The maximum number of elements in the     */
+  /*                             storage area used for glyph hinting.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxFunctionDefs       :: The maximum number of function            */
+  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
+  /*                             this font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxInstructionDefs    :: The maximum number of instruction         */
+  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
+  /*                             this font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxStackElements      :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
+  /*                             during bytecode interpretation.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes    */
+  /*                             used for glyph hinting.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxComponentElements  :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-  */
+  /*                             composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxComponentDepth     :: The maximum nesting depth of composite    */
+  /*                             glyphs.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This structure is only used during font loading.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   version;
+    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
+    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxZones;
+    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
+    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;
+
+  } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Sfnt_Tag                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table.         */
+  /*    Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum
+  {
+    ft_sfnt_head = 0,
+    ft_sfnt_maxp = 1,
+    ft_sfnt_os2  = 2,
+    ft_sfnt_hhea = 3,
+    ft_sfnt_vhea = 4,
+    ft_sfnt_post = 5,
+    ft_sfnt_pclt = 6,
+
+    sfnt_max   /* internal end mark */
+
+  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Table                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Returns a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag  :: The index of the SFNT table.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A type-less pointer to the table.  This will be 0 in case of       */
+  /*    error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded     */
+  /*    from the file.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
+  /*    by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers.  See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
+  /*    a list.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void* )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Loads any font table into client memory.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   face ::
+  *     A handle to the source face.
+  *
+  *   tag ::
+  *     The four-byte tag of the table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want
+  *     to access the whole font file.  Otherwise, you can use one of the
+  *     definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
+  *     one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
+  *
+  *   offset ::
+  *     The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   buffer ::
+  *     The target buffer address.  The client must ensure that the memory
+  *     array is big enough to hold the data.
+  *
+  * @inout:
+  *   length ::
+  *     If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
+  *     Return an error code if it fails.
+  *
+  *     Else, if `*length' is 0, exit immediately while returning the
+  *     table's (or file) full size in it.
+  *
+  *     Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
+  *     starting offset.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
+  *   function with `*length' set to 0, as in the following example:
+  *
+  *     {
+  *       FT_ULong  length = 0;
+  *
+  *
+  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+  *       if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+  *
+  *       buffer = malloc( length );
+  *       if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+  *
+  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+  *       if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+  *     }
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Long    offset,
+                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                      FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Returns information on an SFNT table.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   face ::
+  *     A handle to the source face.
+  *
+  *   table_index ::
+  *     The index of an SFNT table.  The function returns
+  *     FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   tag ::
+  *     The name tag of the SFNT table.
+  *
+  *   length ::
+  *     The length of the SFNT table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing by Windows.
+  *
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt    table_index,
+                      FT_ULong  *tag,
+                      FT_ULong  *length );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID.  Definitions of    */
+  /*    language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
+  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The language ID of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a    */
+  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, just return 0 as the default value.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Format                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
+  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The format of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a         */
+  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, return -1.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/tttags.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tttags.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
+#define __TTAGS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TTAG_avar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_BASE  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
+#define TTAG_bdat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_BDF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_bhed  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_bloc  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
+#define TTAG_bsln  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_CFF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_cmap  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_cvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_cvt   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_DSIG  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_EBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_EBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_EBSC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_feat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_fpgm  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
+#define TTAG_fvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_gasp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_GDEF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_glyf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_GPOS  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
+#define TTAG_GSUB  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
+#define TTAG_gvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_hdmx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_head  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_hhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_hmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_JSTF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_just  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_kern  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_lcar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_loca  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_LTSH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_maxp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_META  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
+#define TTAG_MMFX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_MMSD  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_mort  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
+#define TTAG_morx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_name  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_opbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_OS2   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
+#define TTAG_OTTO  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
+#define TTAG_PCLT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_post  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_prep  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_prop  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_SING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_trak  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
+#define TTAG_true  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_ttc   FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_ttcf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_VDMX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_vhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_vmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/freetype/ttunpat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttunpat.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com>                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
+#define __TTUNPAT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @constant:
+  *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
+  *   that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
+  *   interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
+  *
+  */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

include/ft2build.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used   */
+  /* exclusively *after* installation of the library.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is        */
+  /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags'   */
+  /* command) is in your compilation include path.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We don't need to do anything special in this release.  However, for   */
+  /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will  */
+  /* be performed:                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
+  /*     to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of                      */
+  /*     `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead    */
+  /*     of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to      */
+  /*     replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
+  /*     path will not be necessary anymore.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use    */
+  /* freetype-config (or pkg-config).  No modifications will be necessary  */
+  /* to compile with the new scheme.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+
+  /* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
+#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */

lib/FTL.TXT

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+                    The FreeType Project LICENSE
+                    ----------------------------
+
+                            2006-Jan-27
+
+                    Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
+          David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
+
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+  The FreeType  Project is distributed in  several archive packages;
+  some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine,
+  various tools and  contributions which rely on, or  relate to, the
+  FreeType Project.
+
+  This  license applies  to all  files found  in such  packages, and
+  which do not  fall under their own explicit  license.  The license
+  affects  thus  the  FreeType   font  engine,  the  test  programs,
+  documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
+
+  This  license   was  inspired  by  the  BSD,   Artistic,  and  IJG
+  (Independent JPEG  Group) licenses, which  all encourage inclusion
+  and  use of  free  software in  commercial  and freeware  products
+  alike.  As a consequence, its main points are that:
+
+    o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be
+      interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution)
+
+    o You can  use this software for whatever you  want, in parts or
+      full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage)
+
+    o You may not pretend that  you wrote this software.  If you use
+      it, or  only parts of it,  in a program,  you must acknowledge
+      somewhere  in  your  documentation  that  you  have  used  the
+      FreeType code. (`credits')
+
+  We  specifically  permit  and  encourage  the  inclusion  of  this
+  software, with  or without modifications,  in commercial products.
+  We  disclaim  all warranties  covering  The  FreeType Project  and
+  assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
+
+
+  Finally,  many  people  asked  us  for  a  preferred  form  for  a
+  credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license.  We thus
+  encourage you to use the following text:
+
+   """
+    Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
+    Project (www.freetype.org).  All rights reserved.
+   """
+
+  Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you
+  actually use.
+
+
+Legal Terms
+===========
+
+0. Definitions
+--------------
+
+  Throughout this license,  the terms `package', `FreeType Project',
+  and  `FreeType  archive' refer  to  the  set  of files  originally
+  distributed  by the  authors  (David Turner,  Robert Wilhelm,  and
+  Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha,
+  beta or final release.
+
+  `You' refers to  the licensee, or person using  the project, where
+  `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source
+  code as  well as linking it  to form a  `program' or `executable'.
+  This  program is  referred to  as  `a program  using the  FreeType
+  engine'.
+
+  This  license applies  to all  files distributed  in  the original
+  FreeType  Project,   including  all  source   code,  binaries  and
+  documentation,  unless  otherwise  stated   in  the  file  in  its
+  original, unmodified form as  distributed in the original archive.
+  If you are  unsure whether or not a particular  file is covered by
+  this license, you must contact us to verify this.
+
+  The FreeType  Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000  by David Turner,
+  Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.  All rights reserved except as
+  specified below.
+
+1. No Warranty
+--------------
+
+  THE FREETYPE PROJECT  IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT  WARRANTY OF ANY
+  KIND, EITHER  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING, BUT NOT  LIMITED TO,
+  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY   AND  FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR
+  PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+  BE LIABLE  FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED  BY THE USE OR  THE INABILITY TO
+  USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
+
+2. Redistribution
+-----------------
+
+  This  license  grants  a  worldwide, royalty-free,  perpetual  and
+  irrevocable right  and license to use,  execute, perform, compile,
+  display,  copy,   create  derivative  works   of,  distribute  and
+  sublicense the  FreeType Project (in  both source and  object code
+  forms)  and  derivative works  thereof  for  any  purpose; and  to
+  authorize others  to exercise  some or all  of the  rights granted
+  herein, subject to the following conditions:
+
+    o Redistribution of  source code  must retain this  license file
+      (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any  additions, deletions or changes to
+      the original  files must be clearly  indicated in accompanying
+      documentation.   The  copyright   notices  of  the  unaltered,
+      original  files must  be  preserved in  all  copies of  source
+      files.
+
+    o Redistribution in binary form must provide a  disclaimer  that
+      states  that  the software is based in part of the work of the
+      FreeType Team,  in  the  distribution  documentation.  We also
+      encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page  in  your
+      documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
+
+  These conditions  apply to any  software derived from or  based on
+  the FreeType Project,  not just the unmodified files.   If you use
+  our work, you  must acknowledge us.  However, no  fee need be paid
+  to us.
+
+3. Advertising
+--------------
+
+  Neither the  FreeType authors and  contributors nor you  shall use
+  the name of the  other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
+  purposes without specific prior written permission.
+
+  We suggest,  but do not require, that  you use one or  more of the
+  following phrases to refer  to this software in your documentation
+  or advertising  materials: `FreeType Project',  `FreeType Engine',
+  `FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
+
+  As  you have  not signed  this license,  you are  not  required to
+  accept  it.   However,  as  the FreeType  Project  is  copyrighted
+  material, only  this license, or  another one contracted  with the
+  authors, grants you  the right to use, distribute,  and modify it.
+  Therefore,  by  using,  distributing,  or modifying  the  FreeType
+  Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms
+  of this license.
+
+4. Contacts
+-----------
+
+  There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
+
+    o freetype@nongnu.org
+
+      Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as
+      future and  wanted additions to the  library and distribution.
+      If  you are looking  for support,  start in  this list  if you
+      haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
+
+    o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
+
+      Discusses bugs,  as well  as engine internals,  design issues,
+      specific licenses, porting, etc.
+
+  Our home page can be found at
+
+    http://www.freetype.org
+
+
+--- end of FTL.TXT ---

main.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+
+/*
+ * MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.0 (2016-04-24) - standalone console program
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2016
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef MSDFGEN_STANDALONE
+
+#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <cmath>
+#include <cstring>
+
+#include "msdfgen.h"
+#include "msdfgen-ext.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    #pragma warning(disable:4996)
+#endif
+
+#define LARGE_VALUE 1e240
+
+using namespace msdfgen;
+
+enum Format {
+    AUTO,
+    PNG,
+    BMP,
+    TEXT,
+    TEXT_FLOAT,
+    BINARY,
+    BINARY_FLOAT,
+    BINART_FLOAT_BE
+};
+
+static char toupper(char c) {
+    return c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ? c-'a'+'A' : c;
+}
+
+static bool parseUnsigned(unsigned &value, const char *arg) {
+    static char c;
+    return sscanf(arg, "%u%c", &value, &c) == 1;
+}
+
+static bool parseUnsignedHex(unsigned &value, const char *arg) {
+    static char c;
+    return sscanf(arg, "%x%c", &value, &c) == 1;
+}
+
+static bool parseDouble(double &value, const char *arg) {
+    static char c;
+    return sscanf(arg, "%lf%c", &value, &c) == 1;
+}
+
+static bool parseUnicode(int &unicode, const char *arg) {
+    unsigned uuc;
+    if (parseUnsigned(uuc, arg)) {
+        unicode = uuc;
+        return true;
+    }
+    if (arg[0] == '0' && (arg[1] == 'x' || arg[1] == 'X') && parseUnsignedHex(uuc, arg+2)) {
+        unicode = uuc;
+        return true;
+    }
+    if (arg[0] == '\'' && arg[1] && arg[2] == '\'' && !arg[3]) {
+        unicode = arg[1];
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool parseAngle(double &value, const char *arg) {
+    char c1, c2;
+    int result = sscanf(arg, "%lf%c%c", &value, &c1, &c2);
+    if (result == 1)
+        return true;
+    if (result == 2 && (c1 == 'd' || c1 == 'D')) {
+        value = M_PI*value/180;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void parseColoring(Shape &shape, const char *edgeAssignment) {
+    unsigned c = 0, e = 0;
+    if (shape.contours.size() < c) return;
+    Contour *contour = &shape.contours[c];
+    bool change = false;
+    bool clear = true;
+    for (const char *in = edgeAssignment; *in; ++in) {
+        switch (*in) {
+            case ',':
+                if (change)
+                    ++e;
+                if (clear)
+                    while (e < contour->edges.size()) {
+                        contour->edges[e]->color = WHITE;
+                        ++e;
+                    }
+                ++c, e = 0;
+                if (shape.contours.size() <= c) return;
+                contour = &shape.contours[c];
+                change = false;
+                clear = true;
+                break;
+            case '?':
+                clear = false;
+                break;
+            case 'C': case 'M': case 'W': case 'Y': case 'c': case 'm': case 'w': case 'y':
+                if (change) {
+                    ++e;
+                    change = false;
+                }
+                if (e < contour->edges.size()) {
+                    contour->edges[e]->color = EdgeColor(
+                        (*in == 'C' || *in == 'c')*CYAN|
+                        (*in == 'M' || *in == 'm')*MAGENTA|
+                        (*in == 'Y' || *in == 'y')*YELLOW|
+                        (*in == 'W' || *in == 'w')*WHITE);
+                    change = true;
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static bool writeTextBitmap(FILE *file, const float *values, int cols, int rows) {
+    for (int row = 0; row < rows; ++row) {
+        for (int col = 0; col < cols; ++col) {
+            int v = clamp(int((*values++)*0x100), 0xff);
+            fprintf(file, col ? " %02X" : "%02X", v);
+        }
+        fprintf(file, "\n");
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool writeTextBitmapFloat(FILE *file, const float *values, int cols, int rows) {
+    for (int row = 0; row < rows; ++row) {
+        for (int col = 0; col < cols; ++col) {
+            fprintf(file, col ? " %g" : "%g", *values++);
+        }
+        fprintf(file, "\n");
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool writeBinBitmap(FILE *file, const float *values, int count) {
+    for (int pos = 0; pos < count; ++pos) {
+        unsigned char v = clamp(int((*values++)*0x100), 0xff);
+        fwrite(&v, 1, 1, file);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+static bool writeBinBitmapFloatBE(FILE *file, const float *values, int count)
+#else
+static bool writeBinBitmapFloat(FILE *file, const float *values, int count)
+#endif
+{
+    return fwrite(values, sizeof(float), count, file) == count;
+}
+
+#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+static bool writeBinBitmapFloat(FILE *file, const float *values, int count)
+#else
+static bool writeBinBitmapFloatBE(FILE *file, const float *values, int count)
+#endif
+{
+    for (int pos = 0; pos < count; ++pos) {
+        const unsigned char *b = reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(values++);
+        for (int i = sizeof(float)-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            fwrite(b+i, 1, 1, file);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool cmpExtension(const char *path, const char *ext) {
+    for (const char *a = path+strlen(path)-1, *b = ext+strlen(ext)-1; b >= ext; --a, --b)
+        if (a < path || toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
+            return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+static const char * writeOutput(const Bitmap<T> &bitmap, const char *filename, Format format) {
+    if (filename) {
+        if (format == AUTO) {
+            if (cmpExtension(filename, ".png")) format = PNG;
+            else if (cmpExtension(filename, ".bmp")) format = BMP;
+            else if (cmpExtension(filename, ".txt")) format = TEXT;
+            else if (cmpExtension(filename, ".bin")) format = BINARY;
+            else
+                return "Could not deduce format from output file name.";
+        }
+        switch (format) {
+            case PNG: return savePng(bitmap, filename) ? NULL : "Failed to write output PNG image.";
+            case BMP: return saveBmp(bitmap, filename) ? NULL : "Failed to write output BMP image.";
+            case TEXT: case TEXT_FLOAT: {
+                FILE *file = fopen(filename, "w");
+                if (!file) return "Failed to write output text file.";
+                if (format == TEXT)
+                    writeTextBitmap(file, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width(), bitmap.height());
+                else if (format == TEXT_FLOAT)
+                    writeTextBitmapFloat(file, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width(), bitmap.height());
+                fclose(file);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            case BINARY: case BINARY_FLOAT: case BINART_FLOAT_BE: {
+                FILE *file = fopen(filename, "wb");
+                if (!file) return "Failed to write output binary file.";
+                if (format == BINARY)
+                    writeBinBitmap(file, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width()*bitmap.height());
+                else if (format == BINARY_FLOAT)
+                    writeBinBitmapFloat(file, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width()*bitmap.height());
+                else if (format == BINART_FLOAT_BE)
+                    writeBinBitmapFloatBE(file, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width()*bitmap.height());
+                fclose(file);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (format == AUTO || format == TEXT)
+            writeTextBitmap(stdout, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width(), bitmap.height());
+        else if (format == TEXT_FLOAT)
+            writeTextBitmapFloat(stdout, reinterpret_cast<const float *>(&bitmap(0, 0)), sizeof(T)/sizeof(float)*bitmap.width(), bitmap.height());
+        else
+            return "Unsupported format for standard output.";
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static const char *helpText =
+    "\n"
+    "Multi-channel signed distance field generator by Viktor Chlumsky v" MSDFGEN_VERSION "\n"
+    "---------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
+    "  Usage: msdfgen"
+    #ifdef _WIN32
+        ".exe"
+    #endif
+        " <mode> <input specification> <options>\n"
+    "\n"
+    "MODES\n"
+    "  sdf - Generate conventional monochrome signed distance field.\n"
+    "  psdf - Generate monochrome signed pseudo-distance field.\n"
+    "  msdf - Generate multi-channel signed distance field. This is used by default if no mode is specified.\n"
+    "  metrics - Report shape metrics only.\n"
+    "\n"
+    "INPUT SPECIFICATION\n"
+    "  -defineshape <definition>\n"
+        "\tDefines input shape using the ad-hoc text definition.\n"
+    "  -font <filename.ttf> <character code>\n"
+        "\tLoads a single glyph from the specified font file. Format of character code is '?', 63 or 0x3F.\n"
+    "  -shapedesc <filename.txt>\n"
+        "\tLoads text shape description from a file.\n"
+    "  -stdin\n"
+        "\tReads text shape description from the standard input.\n"
+    "  -svg <filename.svg>\n"
+        "\tLoads the first vector path encountered in the specified SVG file.\n"
+    "\n"
+    "OPTIONS\n"
+    "  -angle <angle>\n"
+        "\tSpecifies the minimum angle between adjacent edges to be considered a corner. Append D for degrees.\n"
+    "  -ascale <x scale> <y scale>\n"
+        "\tSets the scale used to convert shape units to pixels asymmetrically.\n"
+    "  -autoframe\n"
+        "\tAutomatically scales (unless specified) and translates the shape to fit.\n"
+    "  -edgecolors <sequence>\n"
+        "\tOverrides automatic edge coloring with the specified color sequence.\n"
+    "  -errorcorrection <threshold>\n"
+        "\tChanges the threshold used to detect and correct potential artifacts. 0 disables error correction.\n"
+    "  -exportshape <filename.txt>\n"
+        "\tSaves the shape description into a text file that can be edited and loaded using -shapedesc.\n"
+    "  -format <png / bmp / text / textfloat / bin / binfloat / binfloatbe>\n"
+        "\tSpecifies the output format of the distance field. Otherwise it is chosen based on output file extension.\n"
+    "  -help\n"
+        "\tDisplays this help.\n"
+    "  -o <filename>\n"
+        "\tSets the output file name. The default value is \"output.png\".\n"
+    "  -printmetrics\n"
+        "\tPrints relevant metrics of the shape to the standard output.\n"
+    "  -pxrange <range>\n"
+        "\tSets the width of the range between the lowest and highest signed distance in pixels.\n"
+    "  -range <range>\n"
+        "\tSets the width of the range between the lowest and highest signed distance in shape units.\n"
+    "  -scale <scale>\n"
+        "\tSets the scale used to convert shape units to pixels.\n"
+    "  -size <width> <height>\n"
+        "\tSets the dimensions of the output image.\n"
+    "  -stdout\n"
+        "\tPrints the output instead of storing it in a file. Only text formats are supported.\n"
+    "  -testrender <filename.png> <width> <height>\n"
+        "\tRenders an image preview using the generated distance field and saves it as a PNG file.\n"
+    "  -testrendermulti <filename.png> <width> <height>\n"
+        "\tRenders an image preview without flattening the color channels.\n"
+    "  -translate <x> <y>\n"
+        "\tSets the translation of the shape in shape units.\n"
+    "  -yflip\n"
+        "\tInverts the Y axis in the output distance field. The default order is bottom to top.\n"
+    "\n";
+
+int main(int argc, const char * const *argv) {
+    #define ABORT(msg) { puts(msg); return 0; }
+
+    // Parse command line arguments
+    enum {
+        NONE,
+        SVG,
+        FONT,
+        DESCRIPTION_ARG,
+        DESCRIPTION_STDIN,
+        DESCRIPTION_FILE
+    } inputType = NONE;
+    enum {
+        SINGLE,
+        PSEUDO,
+        MULTI,
+        METRICS
+    } mode = MULTI;
+    Format format = AUTO;
+    const char *input = NULL;
+    const char *output = "output.png";
+    const char *shapeExport = NULL;
+    const char *testRender = NULL;
+    const char *testRenderMulti = NULL;
+    bool outputSpecified = false;
+    int unicode = 0;
+
+    int width = 64, height = 64;
+    int testWidth = 0, testHeight = 0;
+    int testWidthM = 0, testHeightM = 0;
+    bool autoFrame = false;
+    enum {
+        RANGE_UNIT,
+        RANGE_PX
+    } rangeMode = RANGE_PX;
+    double range = 1;
+    double pxRange = 2;
+    Vector2 translate;
+    Vector2 scale = 1;
+    bool scaleSpecified = false;
+    double angleThreshold = 3;
+    double edgeThreshold = 1.00000001;
+    bool defEdgeAssignment = true;
+    const char *edgeAssignment = NULL;
+    bool yFlip = false;
+    bool printMetrics = false;
+    bool skipColoring = false;
+
+    int argPos = 1;
+    bool suggestHelp = false;
+    while (argPos < argc) {
+        const char *arg = argv[argPos];
+        #define ARG_CASE(s, p) if (!strcmp(arg, s) && argPos+(p) < argc)
+        #define ARG_MODE(s, m) if (!strcmp(arg, s)) { mode = m; ++argPos; continue; }
+        #define SETFORMAT(fmt, ext) do { format = fmt; if (!outputSpecified) output = "output." ext; } while (false)
+
+        ARG_MODE("sdf", SINGLE)
+        ARG_MODE("psdf", PSEUDO)
+        ARG_MODE("msdf", MULTI)
+        ARG_MODE("metrics", METRICS)
+
+        ARG_CASE("-svg", 1) {
+            inputType = SVG;
+            input = argv[argPos+1];
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-font", 2) {
+            inputType = FONT;
+            input = argv[argPos+1];
+            parseUnicode(unicode, argv[argPos+2]);
+            argPos += 3;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-defineshape", 1) {
+            inputType = DESCRIPTION_ARG;
+            input = argv[argPos+1];
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-stdin", 0) {
+            inputType = DESCRIPTION_STDIN;
+            input = "stdin";
+            argPos += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-shapedesc", 1) {
+            inputType = DESCRIPTION_FILE;
+            input = argv[argPos+1];
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-o", 1) {
+            output = argv[argPos+1];
+            outputSpecified = true;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-stdout", 0) {
+            output = NULL;
+            argPos += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-format", 1) {
+            if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "auto")) format = AUTO;
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "png")) SETFORMAT(PNG, "png");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "bmp")) SETFORMAT(BMP, "bmp");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "text") || !strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "txt")) SETFORMAT(TEXT, "txt");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "textfloat") || !strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "txtfloat")) SETFORMAT(TEXT_FLOAT, "txt");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "bin") || !strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "binary")) SETFORMAT(BINARY, "bin");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "binfloat") || !strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "binfloatle")) SETFORMAT(BINARY_FLOAT, "bin");
+            else if (!strcmp(argv[argPos+1], "binfloatbe")) SETFORMAT(BINART_FLOAT_BE, "bin");
+            else
+                puts("Unknown format specified.");
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-size", 2) {
+            unsigned w, h;
+            if (!parseUnsigned(w, argv[argPos+1]) || !parseUnsigned(h, argv[argPos+2]) || !w || !h)
+                ABORT("Invalid size arguments. Use -size <width> <height> with two positive integers.");
+            width = w, height = h;
+            argPos += 3;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-autoframe", 0) {
+            autoFrame = true;
+            argPos += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-range", 1) {
+            double r;
+            if (!parseDouble(r, argv[argPos+1]) || r < 0)
+                ABORT("Invalid range argument. Use -range <range> with a positive real number.");
+            rangeMode = RANGE_UNIT;
+            range = r;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-pxrange", 1) {
+            double r;
+            if (!parseDouble(r, argv[argPos+1]) || r < 0)
+                ABORT("Invalid range argument. Use -pxrange <range> with a positive real number.");
+            rangeMode = RANGE_PX;
+            pxRange = r;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-scale", 1) {
+            double s;
+            if (!parseDouble(s, argv[argPos+1]) || s <= 0)
+                ABORT("Invalid scale argument. Use -scale <scale> with a positive real number.");
+            scale = s;
+            scaleSpecified = true;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-ascale", 2) {
+            double sx, sy;
+            if (!parseDouble(sx, argv[argPos+1]) || !parseDouble(sy, argv[argPos+2]) || sx <= 0 || sy <= 0)
+                ABORT("Invalid scale arguments. Use -ascale <x> <y> with two positive real numbers.");
+            scale.set(sx, sy);
+            scaleSpecified = true;
+            argPos += 3;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-translate", 2) {
+            double tx, ty;
+            if (!parseDouble(tx, argv[argPos+1]) || !parseDouble(ty, argv[argPos+2]))
+                ABORT("Invalid translate arguments. Use -translate <x> <y> with two real numbers.");
+            translate.set(tx, ty);
+            argPos += 3;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-angle", 1) {
+            double at;
+            if (!parseAngle(at, argv[argPos+1]))
+                ABORT("Invalid angle threshold. Use -angle <min angle> with a positive real number less than PI or a value in degrees followed by 'd' below 180d.");
+            angleThreshold = at;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-errorcorrection", 1) {
+            double et;
+            if (!parseDouble(et, argv[argPos+1]) || et < 0)
+                ABORT("Invalid error correction threshold. Use -errorcorrection <threshold> with a real number larger or equal to 1.");
+            edgeThreshold = et;
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-edgecolors", 1) {
+            static const char *allowed = " ?,cmyCMY";
+            for (int i = 0; argv[argPos+1][i]; ++i) {
+                for (int j = 0; allowed[j]; ++j)
+                    if (argv[argPos+1][i] == allowed[j])
+                        goto ROLL_ARG;
+                ABORT("Invalid edge coloring sequence. Use -assign <color sequence> with only the colors C, M, and Y. Separate contours by commas and use ? to keep the default assigment for a contour.");
+            ROLL_ARG:;
+            }
+            edgeAssignment = argv[argPos+1];
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-exportshape", 1) {
+            shapeExport = argv[argPos+1];
+            argPos += 2;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-testrender", 3) {
+            unsigned w, h;
+            if (!parseUnsigned(w, argv[argPos+2]) || !parseUnsigned(h, argv[argPos+3]) || !w || !h)
+                ABORT("Invalid arguments for test render. Use -testrender <output.png> <width> <height>.");
+            testRender = argv[argPos+1];
+            testWidth = w, testHeight = h;
+            argPos += 4;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-testrendermulti", 3) {
+            unsigned w, h;
+            if (!parseUnsigned(w, argv[argPos+2]) || !parseUnsigned(h, argv[argPos+3]) || !w || !h)
+                ABORT("Invalid arguments for test render. Use -testrendermulti <output.png> <width> <height>.");
+            testRenderMulti = argv[argPos+1];
+            testWidthM = w, testHeightM = h;
+            argPos += 4;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-yflip", 0) {
+            yFlip = true;
+            argPos += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-printmetrics", 0) {
+            printMetrics = true;
+            argPos += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+        ARG_CASE("-help", 0)
+            ABORT(helpText);
+        printf("Unknown setting or insufficient parameters: %s\n", arg);
+        suggestHelp = true;
+        ++argPos;
+    }
+    if (suggestHelp)
+        printf("Use -help for more information.\n");
+
+    // Load input
+    Vector2 svgDims;
+    double glyphAdvance = 0;
+    if (!inputType || !input)
+        ABORT("No input specified! Use either -svg <file.svg> or -font <file.ttf/otf> <character code>, or see -help.");
+    Shape shape;
+    switch (inputType) {
+        case SVG: {
+            if (!loadSvgShape(shape, input, &svgDims))
+                ABORT("Failed to load shape from SVG file.");
+            break;
+        }
+        case FONT: {
+            if (!unicode)
+                ABORT("No character specified! Use -font <file.ttf/otf> <character code>. Character code can be a number (65, 0x41), or a character in apostrophes ('A').");
+            FreetypeHandle *ft = initializeFreetype();
+            if (!ft) return -1;
+            FontHandle *font = loadFont(ft, input);
+            if (!font) {
+                deinitializeFreetype(ft);
+                ABORT("Failed to load font file.");
+            }
+            if (!loadGlyph(shape, font, unicode, &glyphAdvance)) {
+                destroyFont(font);
+                deinitializeFreetype(ft);
+                ABORT("Failed to load glyph from font file.");
+            }
+            destroyFont(font);
+            deinitializeFreetype(ft);
+            break;
+        }
+        case DESCRIPTION_ARG: {
+            if (!readShapeDescription(input, shape, &skipColoring))
+                ABORT("Parse error in shape description.");
+            break;
+        }
+        case DESCRIPTION_STDIN: {
+            if (!readShapeDescription(stdin, shape, &skipColoring))
+                ABORT("Parse error in shape description.");
+            break;
+        }
+        case DESCRIPTION_FILE: {
+            FILE *file = fopen(input, "r");
+            if (!file)
+                ABORT("Failed to load shape description file.");
+            if (!readShapeDescription(file, shape, &skipColoring))
+                ABORT("Parse error in shape description.");
+            fclose(file);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Validate and normalize shape
+    if (!shape.validate())
+        ABORT("The geometry of the loaded shape is invalid.");
+    shape.normalize();
+    if (yFlip)
+        shape.inverseYAxis = !shape.inverseYAxis;
+
+    double avgScale = .5*(scale.x+scale.y);
+    struct {
+        double l, b, r, t;
+    } bounds = {
+        LARGE_VALUE, LARGE_VALUE, -LARGE_VALUE, -LARGE_VALUE
+    };
+    if (autoFrame || mode == METRICS || printMetrics)
+        shape.bounds(bounds.l, bounds.b, bounds.r, bounds.t);
+
+    // Auto-frame
+    if (autoFrame) {
+        double l = bounds.l, b = bounds.b, r = bounds.r, t = bounds.t;
+        Vector2 frame(width, height);
+        if (rangeMode == RANGE_UNIT)
+            l -= range, b -= range, r += range, t += range;
+        else if (!scaleSpecified)
+            frame -= 2*pxRange;
+        if (l >= r || b >= t)
+            l = 0, b = 0, r = 1, t = 1;
+        if (frame.x <= 0 || frame.y <= 0)
+            ABORT("Cannot fit the specified pixel range.");
+        Vector2 dims(r-l, t-b);
+        if (scaleSpecified)
+            translate = .5*(frame/scale-dims)-Vector2(l, b);
+        else {
+            if (dims.x*frame.y < dims.y*frame.x) {
+                translate.set(.5*(frame.x/frame.y*dims.y-dims.x)-l, -b);
+                scale = avgScale = frame.y/dims.y;
+            } else {
+                translate.set(-l, .5*(frame.y/frame.x*dims.x-dims.y)-b);
+                scale = avgScale = frame.x/dims.x;
+            }
+        }
+        if (rangeMode == RANGE_PX && !scaleSpecified)
+            translate += pxRange/scale;
+    }
+
+    if (rangeMode == RANGE_PX)
+        range = pxRange/min(scale.x, scale.y);
+
+    // Print metrics
+    if (mode == METRICS || printMetrics) {
+        FILE *out = stdout;
+        if (mode == METRICS && outputSpecified)
+            out = fopen(output, "w");
+        if (!out)
+            ABORT("Failed to write output file.");
+        if (shape.inverseYAxis)
+            fprintf(out, "inverseY = true\n");
+        if (bounds.r >= bounds.l && bounds.t >= bounds.b)
+            fprintf(out, "bounds = %.12g, %.12g, %.12g, %.12g\n", bounds.l, bounds.b, bounds.r, bounds.t);
+        if (svgDims.x != 0 && svgDims.y != 0)
+            fprintf(out, "dimensions = %.12g, %.12g\n", svgDims.x, svgDims.y);
+        if (glyphAdvance != 0)
+            fprintf(out, "advance = %.12g\n", glyphAdvance);
+        if (autoFrame) {
+            if (!scaleSpecified)
+                fprintf(out, "scale = %.12g\n", avgScale);
+            fprintf(out, "translate = %.12g, %.12g\n", translate.x, translate.y);
+        }
+        if (rangeMode == RANGE_PX)
+            fprintf(out, "range = %.12g\n", range);
+        if (mode == METRICS && outputSpecified)
+            fclose(out);
+    }
+
+    // Compute output
+    Bitmap<float> sdf;
+    Bitmap<FloatRGB> msdf;
+    switch (mode) {
+        case SINGLE: {
+            sdf = Bitmap<float>(width, height);
+            generateSDF(sdf, shape, range, scale, translate);
+            break;
+        }
+        case PSEUDO: {
+            sdf = Bitmap<float>(width, height);
+            generatePseudoSDF(sdf, shape, range, scale, translate);
+            break;
+        }
+        case MULTI: {
+            if (!skipColoring)
+                edgeColoringSimple(shape, angleThreshold);
+            if (edgeAssignment)
+                parseColoring(shape, edgeAssignment);
+            msdf = Bitmap<FloatRGB>(width, height);
+            generateMSDF(msdf, shape, range, scale, translate, edgeThreshold);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Save output
+    if (shapeExport) {
+        FILE *file = fopen(shapeExport, "w");
+        if (file) {
+            writeShapeDescription(file, shape);
+            fclose(file);
+        } else
+            puts("Failed to write shape export file.");
+    }
+    const char *error = NULL;
+    switch (mode) {
+        case SINGLE:
+        case PSEUDO:
+            error = writeOutput(sdf, output, format);
+            if (error)
+                ABORT(error);
+            if (testRenderMulti || testRender)
+                simulate8bit(sdf);
+            if (testRenderMulti) {
+                Bitmap<FloatRGB> render(testWidthM, testHeightM);
+                renderSDF(render, sdf, avgScale*range);
+                if (!savePng(render, testRenderMulti))
+                    puts("Failed to write test render file.");
+            }
+            if (testRender) {
+                Bitmap<float> render(testWidth, testHeight);
+                renderSDF(render, sdf, avgScale*range);
+                if (!savePng(render, testRender))
+                    puts("Failed to write test render file.");
+            }
+            break;
+        case MULTI:
+            error = writeOutput(msdf, output, format);
+            if (error)
+                ABORT(error);
+            if (testRenderMulti || testRender)
+                simulate8bit(msdf);
+            if (testRenderMulti) {
+                Bitmap<FloatRGB> render(testWidthM, testHeightM);
+                renderSDF(render, msdf, avgScale*range);
+                if (!savePng(render, testRenderMulti))
+                    puts("Failed to write test render file.");
+            }
+            if (testRender) {
+                Bitmap<float> render(testWidth, testHeight);
+                renderSDF(render, msdf, avgScale*range);
+                if (!savePng(render, testRender))
+                    ABORT("Failed to write test render file.");
+            }
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif

msdfgen-ext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+/*
+ * MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.0 (2016-04-24) - extensions
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2016
+ *
+ * The extension module provides ways to easily load input and save output using popular formats.
+ *
+ * Third party dependencies in extension module:
+ * - FreeType 2
+ *   (to load input font files)
+ * - TinyXML 2 by Lee Thomason
+ *   (to aid in parsing input SVG files)
+ * - LodePNG by Lode Vandevenne
+ *   (to save output PNG images)
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ext/save-png.h"
+#include "ext/import-svg.h"
+#include "ext/import-font.h"

msdfgen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+/*
+ * MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.0 (2016-04-24)
+ * ---------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2016
+ *
+ * The technique used to generate multi-channel distance fields in this code
+ * has been developed by Viktor Chlumsky in 2014 for his master's thesis,
+ * "Shape Decomposition for Multi-Channel Distance Fields". It provides improved
+ * quality of sharp corners in glyphs and other 2D shapes in comparison to monochrome
+ * distance fields. To reconstruct an image of the shape, apply the median of three
+ * operation on the triplet of sampled distance field values.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "core/arithmetics.hpp"
+#include "core/Vector2.h"
+#include "core/Shape.h"
+#include "core/Bitmap.h"
+#include "core/edge-coloring.h"
+#include "core/render-sdf.h"
+#include "core/save-bmp.h"
+#include "core/shape-description.h"
+
+#define MSDFGEN_VERSION "1.0"
+
+namespace msdfgen {
+
+/// Generates a conventional single-channel signed distance field.
+void generateSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate);
+
+/// Generates a single-channel signed pseudo-distance field.
+void generatePseudoSDF(Bitmap<float> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate);
+
+/// Generates a multi-channel signed distance field. Edge colors must be assigned first! (see edgeColoringSimple)
+void generateMSDF(Bitmap<FloatRGB> &output, const Shape &shape, double range, const Vector2 &scale, const Vector2 &translate, double edgeThreshold = 1.00000001);
+
+}